TW201816002A - Colored hydrogel contact lenses with lubricious coating thereon - Google Patents

Colored hydrogel contact lenses with lubricious coating thereon Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201816002A
TW201816002A TW106132023A TW106132023A TW201816002A TW 201816002 A TW201816002 A TW 201816002A TW 106132023 A TW106132023 A TW 106132023A TW 106132023 A TW106132023 A TW 106132023A TW 201816002 A TW201816002 A TW 201816002A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
meth
group
contact lens
polymer
acrylamide
Prior art date
Application number
TW106132023A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI666273B (en
Inventor
羅柏 凱利 圖克
約翰 達拉斯 普魯特
永興 邱
Original Assignee
瑞士商諾華公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 瑞士商諾華公司 filed Critical 瑞士商諾華公司
Publication of TW201816002A publication Critical patent/TW201816002A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI666273B publication Critical patent/TWI666273B/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29DPRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D11/00Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
    • B29D11/00009Production of simple or compound lenses
    • B29D11/00038Production of contact lenses
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29DPRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D11/00Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
    • B29D11/00009Production of simple or compound lenses
    • B29D11/00038Production of contact lenses
    • B29D11/00067Hydrating contact lenses
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29DPRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D11/00Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
    • B29D11/00009Production of simple or compound lenses
    • B29D11/00038Production of contact lenses
    • B29D11/00048Production of contact lenses composed of parts with dissimilar composition
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29DPRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D11/00Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
    • B29D11/00009Production of simple or compound lenses
    • B29D11/00038Production of contact lenses
    • B29D11/00125Auxiliary operations, e.g. removing oxygen from the mould, conveying moulds from a storage to the production line in an inert atmosphere
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29DPRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D11/00Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
    • B29D11/00009Production of simple or compound lenses
    • B29D11/00317Production of lenses with markings or patterns
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29DPRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D11/00Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
    • B29D11/00865Applying coatings; tinting; colouring
    • B29D11/00923Applying coatings; tinting; colouring on lens surfaces for colouring or tinting
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/02Polyamines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D177/00Coating compositions based on polyamides obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • G02B1/041Lenses
    • G02B1/043Contact lenses
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02CSPECTACLES; SUNGLASSES OR GOGGLES INSOFAR AS THEY HAVE THE SAME FEATURES AS SPECTACLES; CONTACT LENSES
    • G02C7/00Optical parts
    • G02C7/02Lenses; Lens systems ; Methods of designing lenses
    • G02C7/021Lenses; Lens systems ; Methods of designing lenses with pattern for identification or with cosmetic or therapeutic effects
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29DPRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D11/00Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
    • B29D11/00865Applying coatings; tinting; colouring
    • B29D11/00894Applying coatings; tinting; colouring colouring or tinting
    • B29D11/00903Applying coatings; tinting; colouring colouring or tinting on the surface
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2329/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an alcohol, ether, aldehydo, ketonic, acetal, or ketal radical; Hydrolysed polymers of esters of unsaturated alcohols with saturated carboxylic acids; Derivatives of such polymer
    • C08J2329/02Homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated alcohols
    • C08J2329/04Polyvinyl alcohol; Partially hydrolysed homopolymers or copolymers of esters of unsaturated alcohols with saturated carboxylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2433/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2433/04Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers esters
    • C08J2433/06Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, the oxygen atom being present only as part of the carboxyl radical
    • C08J2433/08Homopolymers or copolymers of acrylic acid esters

Abstract

The invention is generally related to colored contact lenses which comprise a hydrogel lens body having an opaque color image therein and/or thereon and a durable lubricious coating thereon. The coating comprises an anchoring layer of a polyanionic polymer having carboxyl groups and a hydrogel layer which is derived from a hydrophilic polymeric material having azetidinium groups and is covalently attached onto the anchoring layer of the polyanionic polymer through linkages each formed between one carboxyl group and one azetidinium groups. The colored contact lens has a surface lubricity better than the lubricity of the non-silicone hydrogel lens body and a friction rating of about 2 or lower after 7 cycles of manual rubbing.

Description

在其上具有潤滑塗層之有色水凝膠接觸鏡片    Colored hydrogel contact lens with lubricating coating thereon   

本發明涉及有色水凝膠接觸鏡片(contact lens),該等鏡片在其上具有軟潤滑的水凝膠塗層。此外,本發明提供了一種用於製成此類有色水凝膠接觸鏡片之方法。 The present invention relates to colored hydrogel contact lenses which have a soft lubricating hydrogel coating thereon. In addition, the present invention provides a method for making such a colored hydrogel contact lens.

有色接觸鏡片已經用於修改或增強佩帶者眼睛的顏色。一般而言,存在兩類有色接觸鏡片。第一類有色接觸鏡片係使用實質上透明的增強顏色的那些,其與自然虹膜的顏色組合以產生新的外觀。此類著色鏡片典型地用於將淡褐色眼睛變成淺綠色有色眼睛。這類有色鏡片可能不能將下面的深棕色虹膜變成藍色。第二種類係這類具有完全覆蓋虹膜的連續不透光圖案或具有部分覆蓋虹膜的斷續不透明圖案的不透光有色鏡片。不透明有色接觸鏡片可以有效且大幅度修改佩戴者的眼睛顏色。 Colored contact lenses have been used to modify or enhance the color of the wearer's eyes. In general, there are two types of colored contact lenses. The first type of colored contact lenses are those that use substantially transparent enhanced colors that are combined with the colors of the natural iris to create a new look. Such tinted lenses are typically used to turn hazel eyes into light green colored eyes. These colored lenses may not turn the dark brown iris underneath into blue. The second category is a type of opaque colored lens having a continuous opaque pattern that completely covers the iris or an intermittent opaque pattern that partially covers the iris. Opaque colored contact lenses can effectively and significantly modify the eye color of the wearer.

可以提供自然外觀的不透明有色接觸鏡片可以藉由用包括顏料顆粒的油墨直接印刷有色圖像到預製接觸鏡片的表面來生產。然而,根據此技術製成的不透明有色接觸鏡片可以具有從鏡片表面向外伸出的顏料顆粒並且當由使用者佩戴時可能賦予佩戴不適。 Opaque colored contact lenses that can provide a natural appearance can be produced by printing a colored image directly onto the surface of a preformed contact lens with an ink including pigment particles. However, opaque colored contact lenses made according to this technology may have pigment particles protruding outward from the lens surface and may impart discomfort when worn by a user.

為了減少此種佩戴不適,不透明有色接觸鏡片可以有利地藉由以下方式生產:首先用含有顏料的油墨將有色圖像印刷在用於接觸鏡片的鑄造模製的模具的模製表面上、將鏡片形成組成物分配在具有在該模製表面 之一上印刷的有色圖像的模具中、並且固化該鏡片形成組成物以獲得具有該印刷的有色圖像的鑄造模製的接觸鏡片,在該固化過程期間將該印刷的有色圖像從該模製表面轉移至該鑄造模製的接觸鏡片。雖然根據此技術製成的不透明有色接觸鏡片可以具有被嵌入在該鏡片表面中但是仍然是暴露的顏料顆粒(即,不從該鏡片表面向外伸出),但是在該不透明有色接觸鏡片的表面上的印刷區域(即,顆粒暴露區域)將具有比非印刷區域的粗糙度高的多的粗糙度。在鏡片表面上的印刷區域中的較高的粗糙度可能仍然賦予佩戴不適。 In order to reduce such wearing discomfort, opaque colored contact lenses can be advantageously produced by first printing a colored image with a pigment-containing ink on the molding surface of a mold for casting molding of contact lenses, The forming composition is distributed in a mold having a colored image printed on one of the molding surfaces, and the lens forming composition is cured to obtain a cast-molded contact lens having the printed colored image, where the curing is performed. The printed colored image is transferred from the molding surface to the cast-molded contact lens during the process. Although an opaque colored contact lens made according to this technology may have pigment particles embedded in the lens surface but still exposed (ie, not protruding outward from the lens surface), the surface of the opaque colored contact lens The printed areas (i.e., particle-exposed areas) will have a much higher roughness than the non-printed areas. Higher roughness in printed areas on the lens surface may still impart discomfort to wearing.

為了減少粗糙度,已經提出施加透明塗層(即,可以是鏡片形成組成物或不含任何到模具的模製表面上的著色劑的任何可聚合組成物的可聚合組成物的層)並且用含有顏料的油墨將有色圖像印刷到該模製表面上的透明塗層上。然而,由於印刷強度的損失以及增加的拖尾效應,印刷品質可能被透明塗層嚴重地降低。 In order to reduce the roughness, it has been proposed to apply a clear coating (that is, a layer of a polymerizable composition that can be a lens-forming composition or any polymerizable composition that does not contain any colorants to the molding surface of the mold) and use A pigmented ink prints a colored image onto a clear coating on the molded surface. However, due to the loss of print strength and increased smearing effects, print quality may be severely degraded by the clear coating.

因此,仍對用於生產不透明有色接觸鏡片的過程以及此類不透明有色接觸鏡片存在需求,該等接觸鏡片可以為使用者提供增強的佩戴舒適性。 Therefore, there is still a need for a process for producing opaque colored contact lenses and such opaque colored contact lenses, which can provide users with enhanced wearing comfort.

一方面,本發明提供了一種用於生產軟性接觸鏡片之方法,該方法包括以下步驟:(1)獲得預製水凝膠接觸鏡片,該接觸鏡片具有在該水凝膠接觸鏡片的前表面和後表面之一中和/或上的用油墨印刷的色像,其中該油墨包含顏料顆粒以及視情況一種或多種染料;(2)使該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與在約4.0或更小的pH下並且在從約25℃至約80℃的塗覆溫度下的 多陰離子聚合物的第一塗層水溶液接觸以獲得有色接觸鏡片先質,該先質係在其上具有該色像以及該多陰離子聚合物的層的該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片,其中該多陰離子聚合物係一種或多種丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、或乙基丙烯酸的均聚物或共聚物,其中該多陰離子聚合物的層包封具有該色像的該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片;並且(3)將步驟(2)中獲得的該有色接觸鏡片先質在包含具有四氫吖唉鎓基團的水溶性且可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料的第二塗層水溶液中、在從約60℃至約140℃的溫度下加熱持續至少30分鐘以交聯該水溶性可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料和該多陰離子聚合物以便形成具有水凝膠塗層的該有色接觸鏡片,該水凝膠塗層共價地附接到該多陰離子聚合物的層上,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約2或更低的摩擦等級。 In one aspect, the present invention provides a method for producing a soft contact lens, the method comprising the following steps: (1) obtaining a prefabricated hydrogel contact lens having a front surface and a rear surface of the hydrogel contact lens; A color image printed with an ink in and / or on one of the surfaces, wherein the ink contains pigment particles and optionally one or more dyes; (2) contacting the prefabricated hydrogel with a lens at a pH of about 4.0 or less And an aqueous solution of a first coating of a polyanionic polymer at a coating temperature of from about 25 ° C to about 80 ° C to obtain a colored contact lens precursor having the color image and the poly The prefabricated hydrogel contact lens of a layer of an anionic polymer, wherein the polyanionic polymer is a homopolymer or copolymer of one or more acrylic, methacrylic, or ethacrylic acids, wherein the layer of the polyanionic polymer Encapsulating the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens having the color image; and (3) pre-characterizing the colored contact lens obtained in step (2) in a water-soluble and heat-crosslinkable material having a tetrahydroazine group Linked Pro The second coating aqueous solution of the polymer material is heated at a temperature from about 60 ° C. to about 140 ° C. for at least 30 minutes to cross-link the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable hydrophilic polymer material and the polyanionic polymerization. In order to form the colored contact lens with a hydrogel coating covalently attached to the layer of the polyanionic polymer, wherein the colored contact lens in a fully hydrated state has between 7 A friction level of about 2 or less after cyclic manual friction.

在另一個方面,本發明提供了一種有色水凝膠接觸鏡片,該有色水凝膠接觸鏡片包含:在其上和/或在其中具有不透明色像的水凝膠鏡片本體;以及塗層,該塗層包封該水凝膠鏡片本體和該不透明色像,其中該塗層包含多陰離子聚合物的錨定層和水凝膠材料的層,其中該多陰離子聚合物係一種或多種丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、乙基丙烯酸、或2-(甲基)丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸的均聚物或共聚物,其中該水凝膠材料衍生自具有四氫吖唉鎓基團的水溶性可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料並且藉由各自在一個羧基與一個四氫吖唉鎓基團之間形成的鍵而共價地附接到該多陰離子聚合物的錨定層上,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約2或更低(較佳的是約1.5或更低、更較佳的是約1.0或更低、甚至更較佳的是約0.5或更低)的摩擦等級。 In another aspect, the present invention provides a colored hydrogel contact lens comprising: a hydrogel lens body having an opaque color image thereon and / or therein; and a coating, the A coating encapsulates the hydrogel lens body and the opaque color image, wherein the coating comprises an anchor layer of a polyanionic polymer and a layer of a hydrogel material, wherein the polyanionic polymer is one or more acrylic, methyl Homopolymer or copolymer of methacrylic acid, ethacrylic acid, or 2- (meth) acrylamidoglycolic acid, wherein the hydrogel material is derived from a water-soluble, heat-crosslinkable compound having a tetrahydroazinonium group And a covalently attached hydrophilic polymer material and are covalently attached to the anchor layer of the polyanionic polymer by a bond each formed between a carboxyl group and a tetrahydroazine group. Colored contact lenses in a hydrated state have about 2 or less after 7 cycles of manual rubbing (preferably about 1.5 or less, more preferably about 1.0 or less, even more preferably about 0.5 or lower).

[圖1]示出了對於對照鏡片以及根據較佳實施方式的本發明之有色接觸鏡片作為時間函數之總液體覆蓋度。 FIG. 1 shows the total liquid coverage as a function of time for a control lens and a colored contact lens of the present invention according to a preferred embodiment.

除非另外定義,否則在此使用的所有技術和科學術語具有與由本發明所屬領域的普通技術人員通常所理解的相同的含義。總體上,在此使用的命名法和實驗室程序係本領域眾所周知的且常用的。將常規的方法用於該等程序,如在本領域和各種通用參考文獻中提供的那些。當以單數提供術語時,諸位發明人也考慮了該術語的複數。在此使用的命名法和以下描述的實驗室程序係本領域中眾所周知的且常用的那些。 Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. In general, the nomenclature and laboratory procedures used herein are well known and commonly used in the art. Conventional methods are used for such procedures, such as those provided in the art and various general references. When providing a term in the singular, the inventors also considered the plural of the term. The nomenclature used herein and the laboratory procedures described below are those well known and commonly used in the art.

如在此使用的“約”指的是一個被稱為“約”的數字包括所敘述的數加上或減去那個所敘述的數字的1%-10%。 As used herein, "about" refers to a number referred to as "about" that includes the recited number plus or minus 1% -10% of that recited number.

“視情況的”或“視情況”指的是隨後描述的事件或情況可能發生或可能不發生,並且指的是該描述包括其中該事件或情況發生的情形以及其中其不發生的情形。 "Conditional" or "Conditional" means that the event or situation described later may or may not occur, and that the description includes situations in which the event or situation occurs and situations in which it does not occur.

“接觸鏡片”指的是可放置在佩帶者眼睛上或內部的結構。接觸鏡片可以矯正、改善或改變使用者的視力,但不是必須如此。接觸鏡片可以具有本領域中已知的或後來開發的任何適當材料,並且可以是軟性鏡片、硬性鏡片或混合鏡片。“非矽酮水凝膠接觸鏡片”指的是包括非矽酮水凝膠本體(芯)材料的接觸鏡片。“矽酮水凝膠接觸鏡片”指的是包括矽酮水凝膠本體(芯)材料的接觸鏡片。 "Contact lens" refers to a structure that can be placed on or inside the wearer's eyes. Contact lenses can correct, improve, or change a user's vision, but they do not have to. The contact lens may have any suitable material known in the art or later developed, and may be a soft lens, a rigid lens, or a hybrid lens. A "non-silicone hydrogel contact lens" refers to a contact lens that includes a non-silicone hydrogel body (core) material. The "silicone hydrogel contact lens" refers to a contact lens including a silicone hydrogel body (core) material.

“軟性接觸鏡片”指的是具有小於2.0MPa(較佳的是小於1.5MPa、更較佳的是小於1.0MPa)的彈性模量(即,楊氏模量)的接觸鏡片。 The "soft contact lens" refers to a contact lens having an elastic modulus (ie, Young's modulus) of less than 2.0 MPa (preferably less than 1.5 MPa, more preferably less than 1.0 MPa).

“水凝膠”或“水凝膠材料”係指這樣的交聯聚合物材料,其具有三維聚合物網路(即聚合物基體),不溶於水,但是當其完全水合時可以在其聚合物基體中保持按重量計至少10%的水。 A "hydrogel" or "hydrogel material" refers to a crosslinked polymer material that has a three-dimensional polymer network (ie, a polymer matrix), is insoluble in water, but can polymerize when it is fully hydrated The substrate retains at least 10% water by weight.

如本申請所用的,術語“非矽酮水凝膠”係指理論上不含矽的水凝膠。 As used herein, the term "non-silicone hydrogel" refers to a hydrogel that is theoretically free of silicon.

“矽酮水凝膠”指的是藉由可聚合組成物的共聚獲得的一種含矽酮的水凝膠,該組成物包含至少一種含矽酮的單體或至少一種含矽酮的大分子單體或至少一種可交聯的含矽酮的預聚物。 "Silicone hydrogel" refers to a silicone-containing hydrogel obtained by copolymerization of a polymerizable composition that contains at least one silicone-containing monomer or at least one silicone-containing macromolecule. Monomer or at least one crosslinkable silicone-containing prepolymer.

在此所用的接觸鏡片的“前面的表面或前表面”指的是佩帶過程中背離眼睛的鏡片表面。通常基本上是凸起的前表面也可以被稱作鏡片的前曲面。 As used herein, the "front surface or front surface" of a contact lens refers to the surface of the lens that faces away from the eye during wearing. The generally convex front surface may also be referred to as the front curved surface of the lens.

在此所用的接觸鏡片的“後面的表面或後表面”指的是佩帶過程中面朝眼睛的鏡片表面。通常基本上是凹形的後表面也可以被稱作鏡片的基彎。 As used herein, the "back surface or rear surface" of a contact lens refers to the surface of the lens that faces the eye during wear. The generally concave rear surface may also be referred to as the base curve of the lens.

“有色接觸鏡片”係指其上和/或其中印刷有色像的接觸鏡片(硬性或軟性)。色像可以是美容性圖案(例如,虹膜狀圖案)、Wild EyeTM圖案、定製(MTO)圖案等等。色像可以是單色像或多色像。 "Colored contact lens" means a contact lens (hard or soft) with a colored image printed on and / or in it. The color image may be a cosmetic pattern (eg, an iris pattern), a Wild Eye pattern, a custom-made (MTO) pattern, and the like. The color image may be a monochrome image or a polychromatic image.

在此使用的術語“透光”意在描述透明或半透明顏色或者鏡片的沒有顏色或塗有透明或半透明顏色的部分。 The term "light-transmitting" as used herein is intended to describe a transparent or translucent color or a portion of a lens that is uncolored or coated with a transparent or translucent color.

“顏料”係指懸浮於它所不溶的液體中的粉末狀物質。顏料用於賦予顏色。顏料一般而言比染料更不透光。 "Pigment" means a powdery substance suspended in a liquid in which it is insoluble. Pigments are used to impart color. Pigments are generally less opaque than dyes.

如在此使用的,“表面親水性”描述了代表表面與水相互作用的程度的表面特性,如藉由水破裂時間(WBUT)所測量的。WBUT的值越高,表面親水性越高。 As used herein, "surface hydrophilicity" describes a surface characteristic that represents the degree to which a surface interacts with water, as measured by Water Break Time (WBUT). The higher the WBUT value, the higher the surface hydrophilicity.

根據本發明,接觸鏡片(或醫療器件)的“表面潤滑性”係藉由摩擦等級來測量的,該摩擦等級係從0至4的數字。摩擦等級的值越高,表面潤滑性越低。 According to the present invention, the "surface lubricity" of a contact lens (or medical device) is measured by a friction level, which is a number from 0 to 4. The higher the value of the friction level, the lower the surface lubricity.

如在此使用的,“親水性”描述了與脂質相比將更容易與水締合的材料或其一部分。 As used herein, "hydrophilic" describes a material or a portion thereof that will more easily associate with water than a lipid.

“鏡片形成材料”或“鏡片形成組成物”可互換地指的是可聚合組成物,其可以被熱固化或光化學(即藉由光化學輻射)固化(即聚合和/或交聯)以獲得交聯聚合物。 "Lens-forming material" or "lens-forming composition" interchangeably refers to a polymerizable composition that can be cured (i.e., polymerized and / or cross-linked) by thermal curing or photochemical (i.e., by photochemical radiation) to A crosslinked polymer was obtained.

如在此使用的,關於可聚合組成物、預聚物或材料的固化、交聯或聚合的“光化地”意思係藉由光化輻射,例如像UV/可見光照射、離子輻射(例如,γ射線或X射線輻射)、微波照射等進行固化(例如交聯和/或聚合)。熱固化或光化固化方法係熟習該項技術者眾所周知的。 As used herein, "actinically" with respect to the curing, crosslinking, or polymerization of a polymerizable composition, prepolymer, or material means by actinic radiation, such as, for example, UV / visible light irradiation, ionizing radiation (eg, γ-ray or X-ray radiation), microwave irradiation, etc. for curing (such as crosslinking and / or polymerization). Thermal or actinic curing methods are well known to those skilled in the art.

“乙烯基單體”指的是一種具有一個唯一的乙烯式不飽和基團的化合物。 "Vinyl monomer" refers to a compound having a unique ethylenically unsaturated group.

關於化合物或材料在溶劑中的術語“可溶”意指化合物或材料在室溫(即,從約20℃至約30℃)下可溶於溶劑中以得到具有按重量計至少約0.05%的濃度的溶液。 The term "soluble" with respect to a compound or material in a solvent means that the compound or material is soluble in the solvent at room temperature (i.e., from about 20 ° C to about 30 ° C) to obtain a compound having at least about 0.05% by weight. Concentration of solution.

關於化合物或材料在溶劑中的術語“不溶”意指化合物或材料在室溫(如上文所定義)下可溶於溶劑中以得到具有按重量計小於0.005%的濃度的溶液。 The term "insoluble" with respect to a compound or material in a solvent means that the compound or material is soluble in the solvent at room temperature (as defined above) to obtain a solution having a concentration of less than 0.005% by weight.

術語“乙烯式不飽和基團”在此在廣義上使用並且旨在涵蓋含有至少一個>C=C<基團的任何基團。示例性乙烯式不飽和基團包括但不限於,(甲基)丙烯醯基(和/或)、烯丙基、乙烯基(-CH=CH2)、1-甲基乙烯基()、苯乙烯基、或諸如此類。 The term "ethylenically unsaturated group" is used herein in a broad sense and is intended to encompass any group containing at least one> C = C <group. Exemplary ethylenically unsaturated groups include, but are not limited to, (meth) acrylfluorenyl ( and / or ), Allyl, vinyl (-CH = CH 2 ), 1-methyl vinyl ( ), Styryl, or the like.

術語“(甲基)丙烯醯胺”係指甲基丙烯醯胺和/或丙烯醯胺。 The term "(meth) acrylamide" refers to methacrylamide and / or acrylamide.

術語“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係指甲基丙烯酸酯和/或丙烯酸酯。 The term "(meth) acrylate" refers to methacrylate and / or acrylate.

如在此所用的,“親水性乙烯基單體”指的是能夠聚合以形成水溶性的或者可以吸收至少10重量百分比水的均聚物的乙烯基單體。 As used herein, "hydrophilic vinyl monomer" refers to a vinyl monomer capable of polymerizing to form a water-soluble or homopolymer that can absorb at least 10 weight percent water.

“疏水性乙烯基單體”指的是能夠聚合以形成不溶於水的並且可以吸收小於10重量百分比的水的均聚物的乙烯基單體。 "Hydrophobic vinyl monomer" refers to a vinyl monomer capable of polymerizing to form a homopolymer that is insoluble in water and can absorb less than 10 weight percent of water.

如在本申請中使用的,聚合物材料(包括單體材料或大分子單體材料)的術語“分子量”指的是重量平均分子量(Mw),除非另外確切地指出或除非測試條件另外指明。 As used in this application, the term "molecular weight" of a polymeric material (including monomeric materials or macromonomer materials) refers to a weight average molecular weight (Mw), unless specifically stated otherwise or unless otherwise specified by the test conditions.

“大分子單體”或“預聚物”指的是包含乙烯式不飽和基團並且具有大於700道耳頓的Mw的化合物或聚合物。 A "macromonomer" or "prepolymer" refers to a compound or polymer that contains ethylenically unsaturated groups and has a Mw greater than 700 Daltons.

如本申請使用的,術語“乙烯基交聯劑”指的是具有至少兩個乙烯式不飽和基團的化合物。“乙烯基交聯劑”指的是具有約700道耳頓或更小的Mw的乙烯基交聯劑。 As used herein, the term "vinyl crosslinker" refers to a compound having at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups. "Vinyl crosslinking agent" refers to a vinyl crosslinking agent having a Mw of about 700 Daltons or less.

如本申請使用的,術語“聚合物”意指藉由將一種或多種單體或大分子單體或預聚物或其組合聚合/交聯形成的材料。 As used herein, the term "polymer" means a material formed by polymerizing / crosslinking one or more monomers or macromonomers or prepolymers, or a combination thereof.

術語“烷基”指的是藉由從直鏈或支鏈烷烴化合物中去除氫原子獲得的單價基團。烷基(基團)與在有機化合物中的一個其他基團形成一個鍵。 The term "alkyl" refers to a monovalent group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a linear or branched alkane compound. An alkyl group (group) forms a bond with one other group in an organic compound.

術語“伸烷基二價基團”或“伸烷基二基”或“烷基二基”可互換地指代藉由從烷基中去除一個氫原子而獲得的二價基團。伸烷基二價基團與有機化合物中的其他基團形成兩個鍵。 The terms "alkylene divalent group" or "alkylene diyl" or "alkyl diyl" interchangeably refer to a divalent group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alkyl group. The alkylene divalent group forms two bonds with other groups in the organic compound.

術語“烷基三基”係指藉由從烷基中去除兩個氫原子獲得的三價基團。烷基三基與有機化合物中的其他基團形成三個鍵。 The term "alkyltriyl" refers to a trivalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an alkyl group. Alkyltriyl groups form three bonds with other groups in organic compounds.

術語“烷氧基(alkoxy或alkoxyl)”指的是藉由從直鏈或分支烷基醇的羥基基團中去除氫原子而獲得的單價基團。烷氧基(基團)與有機化合物中的一個其他基團形成一個鍵。 The term "alkoxy or alkoxyl" refers to a monovalent group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a hydroxyl group of a linear or branched alkyl alcohol. An alkoxy group is a bond with one other group in an organic compound.

在本申請中,關於烷基二基或烷基基團的術語“取代”意指該烷基二基或該烷基基團包括至少一個取代基,該至少一個取代基替代該烷基二基或該烷基基團的一個氫原子,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:羥基(-OH)、羧基(-COOH)、-NH2、巰基(-SH)、C1-C4烷基、C1-C4烷氧基、C1-C4烷硫基(烷基硫化物)、C1-C4醯基胺基、C1-C4烷基胺基、二-C1-C4烷基胺基、鹵素原子(Br或Cl)、以及其組合。 In this application, the term "substituted" with respect to an alkyldiyl or an alkyl group means that the alkyldiyl or the alkyl group includes at least one substituent, the at least one substituent replacing the alkyldiyl Or a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group, and is selected from the group consisting of: hydroxyl (-OH), carboxyl (-COOH), -NH 2 , mercapto (-SH), C 1 -C 4 alkane group, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 alkylthio (sulfide group), C 1 -C 4 acyl group, C 1 -C 4 alkylamino, di -C 1 -C 4 alkylamino, a halogen atom (Br or Cl), and combinations thereof.

在本申請中,“唑啉”係指的化合物,其中:R1係氫、甲基、乙基、N-吡咯啶基甲基、N-吡咯啶基乙基、N-吡咯啶基丙基、 或-alk-(OC2H4)m3-OR”的單價基團,其中alk係C1-C4烷基雙自由基;R”係C1-C4烷基(較佳的是甲基);並且m3係從1至10(較佳的是1至5)的整數。 In this application, " "Oxazoline" means Compounds, wherein: R 1 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, N-pyrrolidinylmethyl, N-pyrrolidinylethyl, N-pyrrolidinylpropyl, or -alk- (OC 2 H 4 ) m3 -OR "is a monovalent group, wherein alk is a C 1 -C 4 alkyl diradical; R" is a C 1 -C 4 alkyl (preferably methyl); and m3 is from 1 to 10 ( An integer of 1 to 5) is preferred.

在本申請中,術語“聚唑啉”係指具有的化學式的線性聚合物,其中:T1和T2係兩個端基;R1係氫、甲基、乙基、N-吡咯啶基甲基、N-吡咯啶基乙基、N-吡咯啶基丙基、或-alk-(OC2H4)m3-OR”的單價基團,其中alk係C1-C4烷基二基;R”係C1-C4烷基(較佳的是甲基);m3係從1至10(較佳的是1至5)的整數;x係從5至500的整數。聚唑啉段具有化學式為的雙價聚合物鏈,其中R1和x係如上所定義的。 In this application, the term "poly "Oxazoline" means having A linear polymer of the formula: T 1 and T 2 are two end groups; R 1 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, N-pyrrolidinylmethyl, N-pyrrolidinylethyl, N-pyrrole Pyridylpropyl, or -alk- (OC 2 H 4 ) m3 -OR "monovalent group, where alk is C 1 -C 4 alkyldiyl; R" is C 1 -C 4 alkyl (preferably Is methyl); m3 is an integer from 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 5); x is an integer from 5 to 500. Gather The oxazoline segment has the chemical formula: A bivalent polymer chain in which R 1 and x are as defined above.

在本申請中,術語“聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)”係指統計共聚物,其具有的化學式,其中:T1和T2係端基;R1係氫、甲基、乙基、N-吡咯啶基甲基、N-吡咯啶基乙基、N-吡咯啶基丙基、或-alk-(OC2H4)m3-OR”的單價基團,其中alk係C1-C4烷基二基;R”係C1-C4烷基(較佳的是甲基);m3係從1至10(較佳的是1至5)的整數;x係從5至500的整數;z係等於或小於x的整數。聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)藉由水解聚唑啉來獲得。 In this application, the term "poly (2- Oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) "means a statistical copolymer which has Chemical formula, wherein: T 1 and T 2 are end groups; R 1 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, N-pyrrolidinylmethyl, N-pyrrolidinylethyl, N-pyrrolidinylpropyl, or -alk- (OC 2 H 4 ) m3 -OR "is a monovalent group, wherein alk is C 1 -C 4 alkyldiyl; R" is C 1 -C 4 alkyl (preferably methyl); m3 is an integer from 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 5); x is an integer from 5 to 500; z is an integer equal to or less than x. Poly (2- Oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) Oxazoline is obtained.

在本申請中,術語“聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇”係指藉由使聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)與表氯醇反應以將聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)的全部或大量百分數(90%)的二級胺基團轉化為四氫吖唉鎓基團而獲得的聚合物。聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇的實例揭露於美國專利申請公開案號2016/0061995 A1中(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)。 In this application, the term "poly (2- "Azoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin" means that by poly (2- Oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) reacts with epichlorohydrin to convert poly (2- All or a large percentage of oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine ( 90%) of a polymer obtained by converting a secondary amine group into a tetrahydroazetidinium group. Poly (2- An example of an oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin is disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0061995 A1 (herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).

“表氯醇官能化的聚胺”或“表氯醇官能化的聚醯胺胺”係指藉由使聚胺或聚醯胺胺與表氯醇反應以將該聚胺或聚醯胺胺的所有或大量百分數的二級胺基團轉化為四氫吖唉鎓基團而獲得的聚合物。 "Epichlorohydrin-functional polyamine" or "epichlorohydrin-functional polyamine" refers to the polyamine or polyamine by reacting the polyamine or polyamine with epichlorohydrin. A polymer obtained by converting all or a large percentage of the secondary amine groups into tetrahydroazepine groups.

術語“聚醯胺胺-表氯醇”係指表氯醇官能化的己二酸-二乙烯三胺共聚物。 The term "polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin" refers to an epichlorohydrin-functional adipic acid-diethylenetriamine copolymer.

在本申請中,術語“四氫吖唉鎓”或“3-羥基四氫吖唉鎓”係指的帶正電荷的二價基(或基團或部分)。 In the present application, the term "tetrahydroazine" or "3-hydroxytetrahydroazine" refers to A positively charged divalent group (or group or moiety).

關於聚合物材料或官能團的術語“可熱交聯的”意思係該聚合物材料或該官能團在相對升高的溫度(從約40℃至約140℃)下可以經受與另一種材料或官能團的交聯(或偶合)反應,然而該聚合物材料或官能團在室溫(即,從約22℃至約28℃,較佳的是從約24℃至約26℃,特別在約25℃)下不能夠經受與另一種材料或官能團的相同的交聯反應(或偶合反應)至對於約一小時的時間係可檢出的程度。 The term "thermally crosslinkable" with respect to a polymer material or functional group means that the polymer material or the functional group can be subjected to contact with another material or functional group at a relatively elevated temperature (from about 40 ° C to about 140 ° C). Cross-linking (or coupling) reaction, however, the polymer material or functional group is at room temperature (ie, from about 22 ° C to about 28 ° C, preferably from about 24 ° C to about 26 ° C, especially at about 25 ° C) Not able to withstand the same crosslinking reaction (or coupling reaction) as another material or functional group to the extent that it is detectable for a time of about one hour.

如本申請使用的,術語“磷醯膽鹼”係指的單價兩性離子基團,其中t1係1至5的整數,並且R1”、R2”和R3”獨立於彼此係C1-C8烷基或C1-C8羥基烷基。 As used herein, the term "phosphocholine" refers to Monovalent zwitterionic radical, wherein the integer t1 lines 1 to 5 and R 1 ", R 2" and R 3 "independently of one another C 1 -C 8 lines alkyl or C 1 -C 8 hydroxyalkyl.

如本申請使用的,術語“反應性乙烯基單體”係指具有選自下組的至少一個反應性官能團的任何乙烯基單體,該組由以下各項組成:羧基、一級胺基、以及二級胺基。 As used herein, the term "reactive vinyl monomer" refers to any vinyl monomer having at least one reactive functional group selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, a primary amine group, and Secondary amine group.

如本申請使用的,術語“非反應性乙烯基單體”係指不含羧基、一級胺基、二級胺基、環氧化物基團、異氰酸酯基團、吖內酯(azlactone)基團、或吖環丙烷基團的任何乙烯基單體(親水性或疏水性乙烯基單體)。 As used herein, the term "non-reactive vinyl monomer" means free of carboxyl groups, primary amine groups, secondary amine groups, epoxide groups, isocyanate groups, azlactone groups, Or any vinyl monomer (hydrophilic or hydrophobic vinyl monomer) of an aziridine group.

自由基引發劑可以是光引發劑或熱引發劑。“光引發劑”係指藉由利用光引發自由基交聯/聚合反應的化學品。“熱引發劑”係指藉由利用熱能引發自由基交聯和/或聚合反應的化學品。 The free radical initiator may be a photo initiator or a thermal initiator. "Photoinitiator" refers to a chemical that initiates a free-radical crosslinking / polymerization reaction by using light. "Thermal initiator" refers to a chemical that initiates free-radical crosslinking and / or polymerization by using thermal energy.

“光化輻射的空間限制”指的是其中呈射線形式的能量輻射藉由例如掩模或遮罩物或其組合引導以便以空間受限制的方式撞擊到具有明確定義的周邊邊界的區域上的行為或過程。UV輻射的空間限制藉由使用掩模或屏障獲得,該掩模或屏障具有輻射(例如UV和/或可見光)可透過的區域、圍繞該輻射可透過區域的輻射(例如,UV和/或可見光)不可透過的區域、以及為該輻射不可透過的與輻射可透過的區域之間的邊界的投影輪廓,如在美國專利案號6,800,225(圖1-11)、和6,627,124(圖1-9)、7,384,590(圖1-6)、以及7,387,759(圖1-6)的附圖中示意性示出的,將所有該等專利以其全文藉由引用結合。掩模或屏障允許空間投射具有由該掩模或屏的投影輪廓所限定的橫截面輪廓的一束輻射(例如,UV輻射和/或可見輻射)。投射的輻射(例如,UV輻射和/或可見光輻射)束限制撞擊在位於從模具的該第一模製表面至該第二模製表面的投射束路徑中的鏡片配製物上的輻射。所產生的接觸鏡片包括由該第一模製表面限定的前表面、由該第二模製表面限定的相反的後表面、以及由該投射的UV和/或可見光束的截面輪廓限定的鏡片邊緣(即,輻射的空間限制)。用於該交聯的輻射係輻射能,尤其是UV輻射(和/或可見光輻射)、γ幅射、電子輻射或熱輻射, 該輻射能較佳的是呈基本平行的束的形式,以便一方面實現好的限制並且另一方面有效利用該能量。 "Spatial confinement of actinic radiation" refers to where energy radiation in the form of rays is directed by, for example, a mask or mask or a combination thereof in order to impinge on a region with a well-defined peripheral boundary in a space-limited manner. Behavior or process. The spatial limitation of UV radiation is obtained through the use of a mask or barrier having an area where radiation (e.g. UV and / or visible light) is transmissive, and radiation (e.g. UV and / or visible light) surrounding the area where the radiation is transmissive ) Impermeable area, and the projected outline of the boundary between the radio-opaque and radio-permeable areas, such as in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,800,225 (Figure 1-11), and 6,627,124 (Figure 1-9), 7,384,590 (Figures 1-6) and 7,387,759 (Figures 1-6) are schematically shown in the drawings, all of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety. The mask or barrier allows space to project a beam of radiation (eg, UV radiation and / or visible radiation) having a cross-sectional profile defined by the projection profile of the mask or screen. The beam of projected radiation (eg, UV radiation and / or visible radiation) limits the radiation impinging on the lens formulation in a projected beam path from the first molding surface to the second molding surface of the mold. The resulting contact lens includes a front surface defined by the first molding surface, an opposite rear surface defined by the second molding surface, and a lens edge defined by a cross-sectional profile of the projected UV and / or visible light beam (I.e., the spatial limitation of radiation). The radiant energy used for the crosslinking, especially UV radiation (and / or visible light radiation), gamma radiation, electronic radiation or thermal radiation, is preferably in the form of a substantially parallel beam, so that On the one hand good restrictions are achieved and on the other hand this energy is effectively used.

關於接觸鏡片或材料而言的術語“模量”或“彈性模量”意指作為接觸鏡片或材料的剛度量度的拉伸模量或楊氏模量。該模量可以使用根據ANSI Z80.20標準的方法測量。熟習該項技術者熟知如何確定矽酮水凝膠材料或接觸鏡片的彈性模量。例如,所有的商業接觸鏡片具有報告的彈性模量的值。 The term "modulus" or "elastic modulus" in relation to a contact lens or material means a tensile modulus or a Young's modulus as a stiffness measure of the contact lens or material. This modulus can be measured using the method according to the ANSI Z80.20 standard. Those skilled in the art are familiar with determining the elastic modulus of silicone hydrogel materials or contact lenses. For example, all commercial contact lenses have reported values of elastic modulus.

“水接觸角”指的是藉由將用至少3個單獨的接觸鏡片的接觸角測量值取平均數獲得的室溫下的平均水接觸角(即,藉由躺滴法測量的接觸角)。 "Water contact angle" refers to the average water contact angle at room temperature obtained by averaging the contact angle measurements of at least 3 individual contact lenses (that is, the contact angle measured by the lie-down method) .

關於水凝膠接觸鏡片上的塗層而言的術語“耐用性”旨在描述水凝膠接觸鏡片上的塗層可以經受所希望的數目的循環的手動摩擦。 The term "durability" with respect to the coating on a hydrogel contact lens is intended to describe that the coating on a hydrogel contact lens can withstand a desired number of cycles of manual friction.

如在此使用的,關於接觸鏡片上的塗層而言的“經受數目(“j”)個循環的手動摩擦”意思係在根據實例1中描述的程序的j個循環的手動摩擦之後,該接觸鏡片具有約60%或更小(較佳的是約50%或更小、更較佳的是約40%或更小、甚至更較佳的是約30%或更小)的在j個循環的手動摩擦之後的摩擦等級的手動摩擦引起的增加(△FRDR(j)),其中,其中FR 0DR 係呈完全水合狀態並且經受零個手動摩擦的該接觸鏡片的摩擦等級,並且FR jDR 係呈完全水合狀態並且已經經受j個循環的手動摩擦的該接觸鏡片的摩擦等級,其中j係2(較佳的是7、更較佳的是14、甚至更較佳的是30)的整數。 As used herein, "number of (" j ") cycles of manual rubbing" with respect to a coating on a contact lens means after j cycles of manual rubbing according to the procedure described in Example 1, the a contact lens having about 60% or less (preferably about 50% or less, more preferably about 40% or less, and even more preferably about 30% or less) in the j Increase in friction level caused by cyclic manual friction (ΔFR DR ( j )), where , Where FR 0DR is the friction level of the contact lens in a fully hydrated state and has been subjected to zero manual friction, and FR jDR is the friction level of the contact lens in a completely hydrated state and has been subjected to j cycles of manual friction, where j An integer of 2 (preferably 7, more preferably 14, even more preferably 30).

術語“一個循環的手動摩擦”意指將其上具有塗層的接觸鏡片(或醫療器件)用RENU®多功能鏡片護理溶液(或另一種多功能鏡片護理溶液)手動地摩擦(佩戴一次性無粉乳膠手套)持續20秒並且然後用鹽水沖洗。以上程序可以重複給定次數,例如從2至30次,並且手動摩擦的重複數目係手動摩擦的循環數目。 The term "one cycle of manual rubbing" means manually rubbing a contact lens (or medical device) with a coating thereon with a RENU® multifunctional lens care solution (or another multifunctional lens care solution) (wearing a disposable Powder latex gloves) for 20 seconds and then rinsed with saline. The above procedure can be repeated a given number of times, for example from 2 to 30 times, and the repeating number of manual friction is the number of cycles of manual friction.

“水性溶液”或“水基溶液”可互換地指代這樣的溶液,其為由水基溶劑和溶於該水基溶劑中的一種或多種溶質組成的均勻混合物。“水基溶劑”旨在描述這樣的溶劑系統,相對於該溶劑系統的重量而言,其由按重量計至少70%(較佳的是至少80%,更較佳的是至少90%,甚至更較佳的是至少95%)的水和按重量計至多30%(較佳的是約20%或更少,更較佳的是約10%或更少,甚至更較佳的是約5%或更少,特別是約2%或更少)的一種或多種有機溶劑組成。塗層水溶液係指含有至少一種聚合物塗層材料作為溶液中的溶質的水溶液。 "Aqueous solution" or "water-based solution" interchangeably refers to a solution that is a homogeneous mixture of a water-based solvent and one or more solutes dissolved in the water-based solvent. "Water-based solvent" is intended to describe a solvent system that is at least 70% by weight (preferably at least 80%, more preferably at least 90%, or even more) relative to the weight of the solvent system. More preferred is at least 95%) water and up to 30% by weight (preferably about 20% or less, more preferably about 10% or less, even more preferably about 5%). % Or less, especially about 2% or less) of one or more organic solvents. The coating aqueous solution refers to an aqueous solution containing at least one polymer coating material as a solute in a solution.

“有機基溶液”係指這樣一種溶液,其為由有機基溶劑和溶解於該有機基溶劑中的一種或多種溶質組成的均勻混合物。“有機基溶劑”旨在描述這樣一種溶劑系統,相對於該溶劑系統的重量而言,其由一種或多種有機溶劑以及按重量計少於40%、較佳的是約30%或更少、更較佳的是約20%或更少、甚至更較佳的是約10%或更少、特別是約5%或更少的水組成。有機基塗層溶液係指含有至少一種聚合物塗層材料作為溶液中的溶質的有機基溶液。 "Organic-based solution" refers to a solution that is a homogeneous mixture consisting of an organic-based solvent and one or more solutes dissolved in the organic-based solvent. "Organic-based solvent" is intended to describe a solvent system consisting of one or more organic solvents and less than 40% by weight, preferably about 30% or less, relative to the weight of the solvent system, More preferred is a water composition of about 20% or less, even more preferably about 10% or less, especially about 5% or less. The organic-based coating solution refers to an organic-based solution containing at least one polymer coating material as a solute in the solution.

“用於生產有色接觸鏡片的模具上印刷過程”指的是羅林斯(Rawlings)等人的美國專利案號5,034,166(藉由援引併入本文)中描述的一種用於模製有色接觸鏡片的過程。 "Printing process on a mold for producing colored contact lenses" refers to a method for molding colored contact lenses described in Rawlings et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,034,166 (incorporated herein by reference). process.

本發明總體上涉及一種用於生產有色接觸鏡片的方法,該等有色接觸鏡片被設計成用於增強佩戴者的眼睛顏色同時提供如普通觀察感知的非常自然的外觀。本發明的有色接觸鏡片包含水凝膠鏡片本體、在該水凝膠鏡片本體的表面中或上印刷的有色圖像、以及在該水凝膠鏡片本體的表面上的塗層。該塗層具有至少0.1μm的厚度並且包含具有羧基的多陰離子聚合物的錨定層以及共價地附接到該錨定層上的軟潤滑的水凝膠層。在該表面上具有相對厚的軟潤滑的水凝膠層的層,該有色接觸鏡片可以提供比目前可獲得的商業有色接觸鏡片優越的佩戴舒適性。 The present invention generally relates to a method for producing colored contact lenses that are designed to enhance the eye color of a wearer while providing a very natural appearance as perceived by ordinary observation. The colored contact lens of the present invention includes a hydrogel lens body, a colored image printed on or on the surface of the hydrogel lens body, and a coating on the surface of the hydrogel lens body. The coating has a thickness of at least 0.1 μm and includes an anchor layer of a polyanionic polymer having a carboxyl group and a soft lubricated hydrogel layer covalently attached to the anchor layer. With a relatively thick layer of a soft lubricated hydrogel layer on this surface, the colored contact lens can provide superior wearing comfort over currently available commercial colored contact lenses.

發現,此類有色接觸鏡片可以藉由根據簡單溶液塗覆過程施加軟潤滑的水凝膠塗層來生產。為了形成此種塗層,水基塗覆過程可以用於將多陰離子聚合物(例如,聚丙烯酸或聚甲基丙烯酸或類似物)的錨定層施加到預製有色接觸鏡片上,該預製有色接觸鏡片具有在該等鏡片表面的至少一個(前表面或後表面)中或上印刷的色像。據信,在低pH(即,低於約4.0)下在該鏡片水凝膠材料的官能團(例如,醯胺基、羥基、聚乙二醇區段、或類似物)與該多陰離子聚合物的羧基(呈質子化形式)之間形成的氫鍵可以足以允許該水凝膠接觸鏡片穩定地結合該多陰離子聚合物的層。該多陰離子聚合物的此種層可以完全覆蓋該水凝膠接觸鏡片的表面、甚至從該鏡片表面或在該鏡片表面中的印刷區域伸出的顏料顆粒,即使該等顏料顆粒可以不包含能夠與該多陰離子聚合物一起形成氫鍵的官能團。 多陰離子聚合物的此種層可以起到錨定層的作用用於共價地附接水凝膠層以形成具有所希望的厚度的相對耐用的潤滑塗層。進一步發現,所得有色接觸鏡片具有良好的表面潤滑性、比該鏡片本體的彈性模量更低的彈性模量,從而賦予顯著改進的佩戴舒適性。 It was found that such colored contact lenses can be produced by applying a soft lubricating hydrogel coating according to a simple solution coating process. To form such a coating, a water-based coating process can be used to apply an anchor layer of a polyanionic polymer (e.g., polyacrylic acid or polymethacrylic acid or the like) to a pre-formed colored contact lens that The lens has a color image printed in or on at least one of the lens surfaces (front or back surface). It is believed that functional groups (e.g., amido, hydroxyl, polyethylene glycol segments, or the like) of the lens hydrogel material with the polyanionic polymer at low pH (i.e., less than about 4.0) The hydrogen bonds formed between the carboxyl groups (in protonated form) may be sufficient to allow the hydrogel contact lens to stably bind the layer of the polyanionic polymer. Such a layer of the polyanionic polymer can completely cover the surface of the hydrogel contact lens, even pigment particles protruding from the lens surface or a printed area in the lens surface, even though the pigment particles may not contain A functional group that forms a hydrogen bond with the polyanionic polymer. Such a layer of a polyanionic polymer can function as an anchoring layer for covalently attaching the hydrogel layer to form a relatively durable lubricious coating having a desired thickness. It was further found that the obtained colored contact lens has good surface lubricity and a lower elastic modulus than the elastic modulus of the lens body, thereby giving significantly improved wearing comfort.

一方面,本發明提供了一種用於生產軟性接觸鏡片之方法,該方法包括以下步驟:(1)獲得預製水凝膠接觸鏡片,該接觸鏡片具有在該水凝膠接觸鏡片的前表面和後表面之一中和/或上的用油墨印刷的色像,其中該油墨包含顏料顆粒;(2)使該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與在約4.0或更小(較佳的是約3.5或更小、更較佳的是約3.0或更小、甚至更較佳的是從約0.5至約2.5)的pH下並且在從約25℃至約80℃(較佳的是從約30℃至約75℃、更較佳的是從約35℃至約70℃、甚至更較佳的是從約40℃至約60℃)的塗覆溫度下的多陰離子聚合物的第一塗層水溶液接觸以獲得有色接觸鏡片先質,該先質係在其上具有該色像以及該多陰離子聚合物的層的該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片,其中該多陰離子聚合物係一種或多種丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、乙基丙烯酸、或2-(甲基)丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸的均聚物或共聚物,其中該多陰離子聚合物的層包封具有該色像的該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片;並且(3)將步驟(2)中獲得的該有色接觸鏡片先質在包含具有四氫吖唉鎓基團的水溶性且可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料的第二塗層水溶液中、在從約60℃至約140℃的溫度下加熱持續至少30分鐘以交聯該水溶性可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料和該多陰離子聚合物以便形成具有水凝膠塗層的該有色接觸鏡片,該水凝膠塗層共價地附接到該多陰離子聚合物的層上,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約2或更低(較 佳的是約1.5或更低、更較佳的是約1.0或更低、甚至更較佳的是約0.5或更低)的摩擦等級。較佳的是,該有色接觸鏡片的彈性模量在約±10%或更小(較佳的是約±8%、甚至更較佳的是約±6%)的裕度內等於該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片的彈性模量。 In one aspect, the present invention provides a method for producing a soft contact lens, the method comprising the following steps: (1) obtaining a prefabricated hydrogel contact lens having a front surface and a rear surface of the hydrogel contact lens; A color image printed with an ink in and / or on one of the surfaces, wherein the ink contains pigment particles; (2) contacting the prefabricated hydrogel with a lens at about 4.0 or less (preferably about 3.5 or less) Small, more preferably about 3.0 or less, even more preferably from about 0.5 to about 2.5) and at a temperature from about 25 ° C to about 80 ° C (preferably from about 30 ° C to about The first aqueous solution of the polyanionic polymer at a coating temperature of 75 ° C, more preferably from about 35 ° C to about 70 ° C, and even more preferably from about 40 ° C to about 60 ° C) is contacted to A colored contact lens precursor is obtained, the precursor being the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens having the color image and a layer of the polyanionic polymer thereon, wherein the polyanionic polymer is one or more acrylic acid, methacrylic acid , Ethacrylic acid, or homopolymer of 2- (meth) acrylamidoglycolic acid Wherein the layer of the polyanionic polymer encapsulates the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens having the color image; and (3) the colored contact lens precursor obtained in step (2) is contained in a layer containing a tetrahydroazine group The water-soluble and heat-crosslinkable hydrophilic polymer material in the second coating aqueous solution is heated at a temperature from about 60 ° C to about 140 ° C for at least 30 minutes to crosslink the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable. A hydrophilic polymer material and the polyanionic polymer to form the colored contact lens with a hydrogel coating, the hydrogel coating being covalently attached to a layer of the polyanionic polymer, wherein the The fully hydrated colored contact lens has about 2 or less after 7 cycles of manual rubbing (preferably about 1.5 or less, more preferably about 1.0 or less, even more preferably (About 0.5 or less). Preferably, the elastic modulus of the colored contact lens is equal to the prefabricated water within a margin of about ± 10% or less (preferably about ± 8%, even more preferably about ± 6%). Modulus of elasticity of a gel contact lens.

根據本發明,預製水凝膠接觸鏡片係任何水凝膠接觸鏡片,其根據任何鏡片製造過程來生產並且在鏡片形成過程之後尚未經受任何表面處理。例如,預製接觸鏡片可以按如例如在美國專利案號3,408,429中描述的常規的“旋轉鑄造模製”生產,或藉由如在美國專利案號4,347,198;5,508,317;5,583,463;5,789,464;和5,849,810中描述的全鑄造模製方法以靜態形式生產,或藉由如在製成定製的接觸鏡片中使用的按鈕的車床式切割來生產。在鑄造模製中,典型地將鏡片配製物分配至模具中並在用於製備接觸鏡片的模具中固化(即,聚合和/或交聯)。 According to the present invention, a prefabricated hydrogel contact lens is any hydrogel contact lens that is produced according to any lens manufacturing process and has not been subjected to any surface treatment after the lens formation process. For example, prefabricated contact lenses can be produced by conventional "rotary casting molding" as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 3,408,429, or by as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,347,198; 5,508,317; 5,583,463; 5,789,464; and 5,849,810 The all-cast molding method is produced in a static form, or by lathe cutting of buttons as used in making custom contact lenses. In casting molding, the lens formulation is typically dispensed into a mold and cured (ie, polymerized and / or crosslinked) in the mold used to make the contact lens.

為了生產預製非矽酮水凝膠接觸鏡片,水凝膠鏡片配製物典型地為:或者(1)單體混合物,該單體混合物包含(a)至少一種親水性乙烯基單體(例如,羥乙基甲基丙烯酸酯、甘油基甲基丙烯酸酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮或其組合)和(b)至少一種選自下組的組分,該組由以下各項組成:交聯劑、疏水性乙烯基單體、潤滑劑(或所謂的併入鏡片配製物中的內部潤濕劑)、自由基引發劑(光引發劑或熱引發劑)、紫外線吸收劑、可見性著色劑(例如,染料、顏料或其混合物)、抗微生物劑(例如,較佳的是銀奈米粒子)、生物活性劑及其組合;或者(2)包含一種或多種水溶性預聚物和至少一種選自下組的組分的水溶液,該組由以下各項組成:親水性乙烯基單體、交聯劑、疏水性乙烯基單體、潤滑劑(或所謂的併入鏡片 配製物中的內部潤濕劑)、自由基引發劑(光引發劑或熱引發劑)、紫外線吸收劑、可見性著色劑(例如,染料、顏料或其混合物)、抗微生物劑(例如,較佳的是銀奈米粒子)、生物活性劑及其組合。然後,可使所得預製水凝膠接觸鏡片經受用萃取溶劑進行的萃取以從所得鏡片中去除未聚合組分並且經受水合過程,如熟習該項技術者已知的。應該理解,與從不含潤滑劑的對照水凝膠鏡片配製物獲得的對照預製水凝膠接觸鏡片相比,水凝膠鏡片配製物中存在的潤滑劑可改進預製水凝膠接觸鏡片的潤滑性。 To produce prefabricated non-silicone hydrogel contact lenses, hydrogel lens formulations are typically: or (1) a monomer mixture comprising (a) at least one hydrophilic vinyl monomer (e.g., hydroxyl Ethyl methacrylate, glyceryl methacrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone or a combination thereof) and (b) at least one component selected from the group consisting of: a crosslinking agent , Hydrophobic vinyl monomers, lubricants (or so-called internal wetting agents incorporated into lens formulations), free radical initiators (photoinitiators or thermal initiators), ultraviolet absorbers, visible colorants ( For example, dyes, pigments, or mixtures thereof), antimicrobial agents (for example, silver nanoparticle is preferred), bioactive agents, and combinations thereof; or (2) one or more water-soluble prepolymers and at least one selected An aqueous solution of the components of the group consisting of: hydrophilic vinyl monomers, crosslinkers, hydrophobic vinyl monomers, lubricants (or so-called internal lubricants incorporated into lens formulations) Aerosol), free radical initiator (photo or thermal initiator), Ultraviolet absorbing agent, a visibility tinting agent (e.g., dyes, pigments or mixtures thereof), antimicrobial agents (e.g., preferably silver nanoparticles), bioactive agents, and combinations thereof. The resulting prefabricated hydrogel contact lens can then be subjected to extraction with an extraction solvent to remove unpolymerized components from the resulting lens and to undergo a hydration process, as known to those skilled in the art. It should be understood that the presence of a lubricant in a hydrogel lens formulation improves the lubrication of a preformed hydrogel contact lens compared to a control prefabricated hydrogel contact lens obtained from a control hydrogel lens formulation without a lubricant Sex.

目前,大多數可商購的非矽酮水凝膠接觸鏡片由(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯與一種或多種乙烯基單體的共聚物以及一種或多種乙烯基交聯劑,甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯與一種或多種乙烯基單體的共聚物以及一種或多種乙烯基交聯劑、交聯的聚乙烯醇製成。 Currently, most commercially available non-silicone hydrogel contact lenses consist of a copolymer of hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and one or more vinyl monomers and one or more vinyl crosslinkers, glycerol (methyl ) Copolymer of acrylate with one or more vinyl monomers and one or more vinyl cross-linking agents, cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol.

為了生產預製矽酮水凝膠(SiHy)接觸鏡片,用於鑄造模製或旋轉鑄造模製或者用於製備在接觸鏡片的車床式切割中使用的SiHy棒的SiHy鏡片配製物總體上包括至少一種選自下組的組分,該組由以下各項組成:含矽酮的乙烯基單體、含矽酮的乙烯基大分子單體、含矽酮的預聚物、親水性乙烯基單體、疏水性乙烯基單體、交聯劑(具有約700道耳頓或更小的分子量並且包含至少兩個乙烯式不飽和基團的化合物)、自由基引發劑(光引發劑或熱引發劑)、親水性乙烯基大分子單體/預聚物及其組合,如熟習該項技術者眾所周知的。SiHy接觸鏡片配製物還可以包括熟習該項技術者已知的其他必要組分,例如像,紫外線吸收劑、可見性著色劑(例如,染料、顏料、或其混合物)、抗微生物劑(例如,較佳的是銀奈米粒子)、生物活性劑、潤滑劑(或所謂的併入鏡片配製物中的內部潤濕劑)、可浸 出眼淚穩定劑及其混合物,如熟習該項技術者已知的。然後,可使所得預製SiHy接觸鏡片經受用萃取溶劑進行的萃取以從所得鏡片中去除未聚合組分並且經受水合過程,如熟習該項技術者已知的。 To produce pre-made silicone hydrogel (SiHy) contact lenses, SiHy lens formulations for casting or spin casting molding or for preparing SiHy rods for use in lathe cutting of contact lenses generally include at least one A component selected from the group consisting of a silicone-containing vinyl monomer, a silicone-containing vinyl macromer, a silicone-containing prepolymer, and a hydrophilic vinyl monomer , Hydrophobic vinyl monomers, crosslinkers (compounds having a molecular weight of about 700 Daltons or less and containing at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups), free radical initiators (photoinitiators or thermal initiators) ), Hydrophilic vinyl macromonomers / prepolymers, and combinations thereof, as is well known to those skilled in the art. SiHy contact lens formulations may also include other necessary components known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, ultraviolet absorbers, visibility colorants (e.g., dyes, pigments, or mixtures thereof), antimicrobials (e.g., Preferred are silver nano particles), bioactive agents, lubricants (or so-called internal wetting agents incorporated into lens formulations), leachable tear stabilizers and mixtures thereof, as known to those skilled in the art of. The resulting preformed SiHy contact lens can then be subjected to extraction with an extraction solvent to remove unpolymerized components from the resulting lens and to undergo a hydration process, as known to those skilled in the art.

自本申請申請日為止公開的許多專利和專利申請中已經描述了多種SiHy鏡片配製物。它們中所有都可用於獲得預製SiHy鏡片。用於製備商用SiHy鏡片的SiHy鏡片配製物(例如,lotrafilcon A、lotrafilcon B、balafilcon A、galytilcon A、senotilcon A、narafilcon A、narafilcon B、comfilcon A、enfilcon A、asmofilcon A、somofilcon A、stenfilcon A、smafilcon A、enfilcon A和efrofilcon A)也可以用於製備預製SiHy接觸鏡片。 Various SiHy lens formulations have been described in many patents and patent applications published since the filing date of this application. All of them can be used to obtain pre-made SiHy lenses. SiHy lens formulations for the preparation of commercial SiHy lenses (e.g. lotrafilcon A, lotrafilcon B, balafilcon A, galiltilcon A, senotilcon A, narafilcon A, narafilcon B, comfilcon A, enfilcon A, asmofilcon A, somofilcon A, stenfilcon A, smafilcon A, enfilcon A, and efrofilcon A) can also be used to make prefabricated SiHy contact lenses.

用於製造接觸鏡片的鏡片模具對熟習該項技術者是眾所周知的,並且例如在鑄造模製或旋轉鑄造中使用。例如,模具(用於鑄造模製)通常包括至少兩個模具區域(或部分)或者半模,即第一和第二半模。該第一半模限定第一模製(或光學)表面並且該第二半模限定第二模製(或光學)表面。該第一和第二半模被配置為接納彼此,使得在該第一模製表面與該第二模製表面之間形成鏡片形成型腔。半模的模製表面係該模具的型腔形成表面並與鏡片形成材料直接接觸。 Lens molds for making contact lenses are well known to those skilled in the art and are used, for example, in casting molding or rotary casting. For example, a mold (for casting molding) typically includes at least two mold areas (or portions) or mold halves, ie, first and second mold halves. The first mold half defines a first molding (or optical) surface and the second mold half defines a second molding (or optical) surface. The first and second mold halves are configured to receive each other such that a lens-forming cavity is formed between the first molding surface and the second molding surface. The mold surface of the mold half is the cavity-forming surface of the mold and is in direct contact with the lens-forming material.

製造用於鑄造模製接觸鏡片的模具區域的方法總體上對於熟習該項技術者來說是眾所周知的。本發明之方法不局限於任何特定的形成模具的方法。事實上,可以將任何模具成型法用於本發明中。該第一和第二半模可以藉由各種技術(如注射模製或車床加工)形成。適合的用於形成半模的過程的實例被揭露於美國專利案號4444711、4460534、5843346、以及5894002中,該等專利還藉由引用結合在此。 Methods of making mold areas for casting molded contact lenses are generally well known to those skilled in the art. The method of the present invention is not limited to any particular method for forming a mold. In fact, any mold forming method can be used in the present invention. The first and second mold halves can be formed by various techniques such as injection molding or lathe processing. Examples of suitable processes for forming a mold half are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 4444711, 4460534, 5843346, and 5894002, which are also incorporated herein by reference.

幾乎所有本領域已知的用於製作模具的材料都可以用於製作用於製備接觸鏡片的模具。例如,可以使用聚合物材料,如聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚苯乙烯、PMMA、Topas® COC級8007-S10(來自德國法蘭克福市和美國新澤西州薩米特(Frankfurt,Germany and Summit,New Jersey)的泰科納公司(Ticona GmbH)的乙烯與降冰片烯的透明無定形的共聚物)等。可以使用允許UV透射的其他材料,如石英玻璃和藍寶石。極性塑膠模具可以較佳的是用於生產具有比非極性塑膠模具(例如,聚丙烯模具)好得多的潤濕性的矽酮水凝膠接觸鏡片(參見,Lai和Friends,“Surface Wettability Enhancement of Silicone Hydrogel Lenses by Processing with Polar Plastic Molds[藉由用極性塑膠模具加工矽酮水凝膠鏡片的表面潤濕性增強]”,J.Biomea.Mat.Res.[生物醫學材料研究雜誌]35(3):349-356(1997);美國專利案號5352714,藉由引用以其全文結合在此)。 Almost all materials known in the art for making molds can be used to make molds for making contact lenses. For example, polymer materials such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, PMMA, Topas® COC grade 8007-S10 (from Frankfurt, Germany and Summit, New Jersey, USA) Ticona GmbH (a transparent amorphous copolymer of ethylene and norbornene) and the like. Other materials that allow UV transmission, such as quartz glass and sapphire, can be used. Polar plastic molds may preferably be used to produce silicone hydrogel contact lenses with much better wetting properties than non-polar plastic molds (e.g., polypropylene molds) (see, Lai and Friends, "Surface Wettability Enhancement of Silicone Hydrogel Lenses by Processing with Polar Plastic Molds ", J. Biomea.Mat.Res. [Journal of Biomedical Materials Research] 35 ( 3): 349-356 (1997); U.S. Patent No. 5,352,714, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).

還可以使用可重複使用的模具並且將該鏡片配製物在光化輻射的空間限制下光化固化以形成接觸鏡片。較佳的可重複使用的模具的實例係揭露於美國專利案號6800225、7384590、和7387759中的那些,將該等專利藉由引用以其全文結合。可重複使用的模具可由石英、玻璃、藍寶石、CaF2、環烯烴共聚物(例如像來自德國法蘭克福和新澤西薩米特的泰科納公司(Ticona GmbH of Frankfurt,Germany and Summit,New Jersey)的Topas® COC等級8007-S10(乙烯和降冰片烯(norbornene)的透明無定形共聚物),來自肯塔基州路易斯維爾的瑞翁化學公司(Zeon Chemicals LP,Louisville,KY)的Zeonex®和Zeonor®)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(PMMA)、來自杜邦 (DuPont)的聚甲醛(Delrin)、來自G.E.塑膠(G.E.Plastics)的Ultem®(聚醚醯亞胺)、PrimoSpire®等製成。 Reusable molds can also be used and the lens formulations can be actinically cured under the spatial constraints of actinic radiation to form contact lenses. Examples of preferred reusable molds are those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,800,225, 7,384,590, and 7,387,759, which are incorporated by reference in their entirety. Reusable molds can be made of quartz, glass, sapphire, CaF 2 , cycloolefin copolymers (e.g., Topas from Ticona GmbH of Frankfurt, Germany and Summit, New Jersey) ® COC grade 8007-S10 (a transparent amorphous copolymer of ethylene and norbornene), Zeonex® and Zeonor® from Zeon Chemicals LP, Louisville, KY), Made of polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polyformaldehyde (Delrin) from DuPont, Ultem® (polyethersulfonimide) from GE Plastics, PrimoSpire®, etc.

根據本發明,可根據任何已知的方法將鏡片配製物引入(分配)至由模具形成的型腔內。 According to the present invention, the lens formulation can be introduced (dispensed) into a cavity formed by a mold according to any known method.

在該鏡片配製物被分配到模具中之後,將其聚合以產生接觸鏡片。聚合可以較佳的是藉由使模具中的鏡片配製物暴露在光化輻射的空間限制下而進行熱引發或光化引發,以使該鏡片配製物中的可聚合組分交聯。 After the lens formulation is dispensed into a mold, it is polymerized to produce a contact lens. Polymerization may preferably be thermally or photoinitiated by exposing the lens formulation in the mold to the spatial constraints of actinic radiation to crosslink the polymerizable components in the lens formulation.

打開模具使得可以從該模具中移出該模製的物件可以按本身已知的方式發生。 Opening the mold makes it possible to remove the molded object from the mold in a manner known per se.

模製的接觸鏡片可以經受鏡片萃取以去除未聚合的可聚合組分。萃取溶劑可以是熟習該項技術者已知的任何溶劑。合適的萃取溶劑的實例係上文描述的那些。 Molded contact lenses can be subjected to lens extraction to remove unpolymerized polymerizable components. The extraction solvent may be any solvent known to those skilled in the art. Examples of suitable extraction solvents are those described above.

在較佳的實施方式中,該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片係由包含按莫耳計至少50%的一種或多種含有羥基的乙烯基單體的重複單元的聚合物組成的非矽酮水凝膠接觸鏡片。熟習該項技術者知道含有羥基的乙烯基單體適合用於製成水凝膠接觸鏡片。較佳的含有羥基的乙烯基單體的實例包括但不限於(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-雙(羥乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2,3-二羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-三(羥甲基)甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙烯醇、烯丙醇、以及其組合。視情況但是較佳的是,該預製非矽酮水凝膠接觸鏡片由聚合物組成,該聚合物包含按莫耳計至少 50%的至少一種含有羥基的乙烯基單體的重複單元以及至少一種含有醯胺的乙烯基單體的重複單元。據信,在此種含有醯胺的乙烯基單體中的醯胺基可以與羧基形成氫鍵。較佳的含有醯胺的乙烯基單體的實例包括但不限於(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮(NVP)、N-乙烯基甲醯胺、N-乙烯基乙醯胺、N-乙烯基異丙基醯胺、N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-甲基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、以及其組合。 In a preferred embodiment, the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens is a non-silicone hydrogel composed of a polymer comprising at least 50% by mole of repeating units of one or more hydroxyl-containing vinyl monomers. Contact lenses. Those skilled in the art know that vinyl monomers containing hydroxyl groups are suitable for making hydrogel contact lenses. Examples of preferred hydroxyl-containing vinyl monomers include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol (Meth) acrylate, N-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamine Amine, N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N-2,3-dihydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N -tris (hydroxymethyl) methyl (methyl Group) acrylamide, vinyl alcohol, allyl alcohol, and combinations thereof. Optionally, but preferably, the pre-made non-silicone hydrogel contact lens is composed of a polymer containing at least 50% by mole of at least one repeating unit of a hydroxyl-containing vinyl monomer and at least one A repeating unit of a vinylamine-containing vinyl monomer. It is believed that the amido group in such a vinylamine-containing vinyl monomer can form a hydrogen bond with a carboxyl group. Examples of preferred vinylamine-containing vinyl monomers include, but are not limited to, (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone (NVP) , N-vinylformamide, N-vinylacetamide, N-vinylisopropylamide, N-vinyl-N-methylacetamide, N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (Meth) acrylamide, N-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-ethyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-methyl-5- Methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-ethyl-5-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 5-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 5-ethyl-3 -Methylene-2-pyrrolidone, and combinations thereof.

在另一個較佳的實施方式中,該預製非矽酮水凝膠接觸鏡片係聚乙烯醇基水凝膠接觸鏡片。更較佳的是,預製聚乙烯醇基水凝膠接觸鏡片係藉由聚合包含水溶性、光化可交聯的聚乙烯醇預聚物的水性鏡片形成組成物獲得的,該預聚物包含:乙烯醇的重複單元(即,);具有式(I)之重複交聯單元;並且 其中:R3可以是氫或C1-C6烷基(較佳的是氫);R4係C1-C6伸烷基二價基(較佳的是C1-C4伸烷基二價基、更較佳的是亞甲基或亞丁基二價基、甚至更較佳的是亞甲基二價基); R5係氫或C1-C6烷基(較佳的是氫或C1-C4烷基、更較佳的是氫或甲基或乙基、甚至更較佳的是氫或甲基);R6的乙烯式不飽和基團,其中q1和q2彼此獨立地係零或1,並且R7和R8彼此獨立地係C2-C8伸烷基二價基,R9係C2-C8烯基。 In another preferred embodiment, the prefabricated non-silicone hydrogel contact lens is a polyvinyl alcohol-based hydrogel contact lens. More preferably, the preformed polyvinyl alcohol-based hydrogel contact lens is obtained by polymerizing an aqueous lens forming composition containing a water-soluble, actinically crosslinkable polyvinyl alcohol prepolymer, the prepolymer comprising : Repeating unit of vinyl alcohol (ie, ); Having a repeating crosslinking unit of formula (I); and Wherein: R 3 may be hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl (preferably hydrogen); R 4 is a C 1 -C 6 alkylidene divalent group (preferably C 1 -C 4 alkyl) A divalent group, more preferably a methylene or butylene divalent group, and even more preferably a methylene divalent group); R 5 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl (preferably Hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 alkyl, more preferably hydrogen or methyl or ethyl, even more preferably hydrogen or methyl); R 6 series or Ethylenically unsaturated groups, wherein q1 and q2 are independently zero or 1 and R 7 and R 8 are independently C 2 -C 8 alkylene divalent groups, and R 9 is C 2 -C 8 Alkenyl.

較佳的是,其中R4係亞甲基二價基,R5係氫或C1-C4烷基,R3係氫,並且R6基,其中q2係零R9係乙烯基(*-CH=CH2)或1-甲基乙烯基(*-C(CH3)=CH2)。更較佳的是,該聚乙烯醇預聚物具有至少約2,000道耳頓的重量平均分子量,並且包含按莫耳計從約1%至約25%、按莫耳計較佳的是從約2%至約15%的具有式(I)之重複單元。水溶性、光化可交聯的聚乙烯醇預聚物可以使用本領域中已知的技術來製備,例如在美國專利案號5,583,163和6,303,687(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)中描述的那些。 Preferably, wherein R 4 is a methylene divalent group, R 5 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 alkyl, R 3 is hydrogen, and R 6 is Group, wherein R 9 q2 zero-based vinyl-based (* -CH = CH 2) or 1-methyl-vinyl (* -C (CH 3) = CH 2). More preferably, the polyvinyl alcohol prepolymer has a weight average molecular weight of at least about 2,000 Daltons, and comprises from about 1% to about 25% by mole, and more preferably from about 2 by mole % To about 15% have repeating units of formula (I). Water-soluble, actinically crosslinkable polyvinyl alcohol prepolymers can be prepared using techniques known in the art, such as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,583,163 and 6,303,687 (incorporated by reference in their entirety herein). Those ones.

在另一個較佳的實施方式中,該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片係矽酮水凝膠接觸鏡片。 In another preferred embodiment, the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens is a silicone hydrogel contact lens.

熟習該項技術者知道如何根據任何已知方法獲得在其上和/或在其中具有色像的預製水凝膠接觸鏡片。 Those skilled in the art know how to obtain a prefabricated hydrogel contact lens having and / or having a color image in it according to any known method.

眾所周知的方法之一涉及根據移印和/或噴墨印刷技術將油墨直接印刷在預製水凝膠接觸鏡片的前表面和後表面的至少一個上。 One of the well-known methods involves printing ink directly on at least one of the front and back surfaces of a preformed hydrogel contact lens according to pad printing and / or inkjet printing techniques.

在本發明中可以使用任何油墨。總體上,油墨包含顏料顆粒以及至少一種黏合劑聚合物以及溶劑。它視情況包括交聯劑、濕潤劑、表面活 性劑、單體、聚合引發劑、抗微生物劑、抗氧化劑、抗結垢劑、和本領域已知的其他添加劑。 Any ink can be used in the present invention. Generally, the ink contains pigment particles and at least one binder polymer and a solvent. It optionally includes a cross-linking agent, a wetting agent, a surfactant, a monomer, a polymerization initiator, an antimicrobial agent, an antioxidant, an antiscalant, and other additives known in the art.

“黏合劑聚合物”指的是可交聯聚合物,該可交聯聚合物包括可交聯基並且可以藉由交聯劑或當藉由化學或物理手段(例如,水分、加熱、UV輻射等等)引發時可以交聯以將著色劑(即,顏料顆粒)俘獲或黏結到接觸鏡片(諸如本領域中已知的物品)上或中。 "Binder polymer" refers to a cross-linkable polymer that includes cross-linkable groups and can be used by a cross-linking agent or when chemical or physical means (e.g., moisture, heating, UV radiation Etc.) can be crosslinked upon initiation to capture or bind colorants (ie, pigment particles) to or into contact lenses, such as items known in the art.

在此廣義上採用術語可交聯基並且其意在涵蓋例如熟習該項技術者眾所周知的官能團和可光交聯基或可熱交聯基。本領域中眾所周知的是一對匹配的可交聯基在以下已知反應條件下可以形成共價鍵或連接:諸如,氧化還原條件、脫水縮合條件、加成條件、取代(置換)條件、自由基聚合條件、2+2環加成條件、狄爾斯-阿爾德反應條件、ROMP(開環易位聚合)條件、硫化條件、陽離子交聯條件和環氧樹脂硬化條件。例如,胺基係可與醛共價鍵合的(可以進一步還原由醛基和胺基形成的席夫鹼);羥基和胺基係可與羧基共價鍵合的;羧基和磺基係可與羥基共價鍵合的;巰基係可與胺基共價鍵合的;或者碳-碳雙鍵係可與另一個碳-碳雙鍵共價鍵合的。 The term crosslinkable group is used in this broad sense and is intended to cover, for example, functional groups and photocrosslinkable or thermally crosslinkable groups well known to those skilled in the art. It is well known in the art that a pair of matched crosslinkable groups can form covalent bonds or linkages under known reaction conditions such as, for example, redox conditions, dehydration condensation conditions, addition conditions, substitution (substitution) conditions, freedom Radical polymerization conditions, 2 + 2 cycloaddition conditions, Diels-Alder reaction conditions, ROMP (ring-opening metathesis polymerization) conditions, curing conditions, cationic crosslinking conditions, and epoxy resin hardening conditions. For example, amine groups can be covalently bonded to aldehydes (the Schiff base formed from aldehyde groups and amine groups can be further reduced); hydroxyl and amine groups can be covalently bonded to carboxyl groups; carboxyl and sulfo groups can be Covalently bonded to a hydroxyl group; Mercapto group can be covalently bonded to an amine group; or Carbon-carbon double bond system can be covalently bonded to another carbon-carbon double bond.

多對可交聯基之間形成的示例性共價鍵或連接包括但不限於鏈烷(碳-碳單鍵)、烯烴(碳-碳雙鍵)、酯、醚、縮醛、縮酮、乙烯醚、胺基甲酸酯、尿素、胺、醯胺、烯胺、亞胺、肟、脒、亞胺基酯、碳酸酯、原酸酯、膦酸酯、次膦酸酯、磺酸酯、亞磺酸鹽、硫化物、硫酸鹽、二硫化物、亞磺醯胺、磺醯胺、硫酯、芳基、矽烷、矽氧烷、雜環、硫代碳酸鹽、硫代胺基甲酸酯和磷醯胺。 Exemplary covalent bonds or linkages formed between multiple pairs of crosslinkable groups include, but are not limited to, alkanes (carbon-carbon single bonds), olefins (carbon-carbon double bonds), esters, ethers, acetals, ketals, Vinyl ether, carbamate, urea, amine, amidine, enamine, imine, oxime, amidine, imide, carbonate, orthoester, phosphonate, phosphinate, sulfonate , Sulfinate, sulfide, sulfate, disulfide, sulfenamide, sulfanilamide, thioester, aryl, silane, siloxane, heterocycle, thiocarbonate, thioaminomethyl Acid esters and phosphatidylamine.

示例性可交聯基包括但不限於羥基、胺基、醯胺基、硫氫基、-COOR(R和R’係氫或C1到C8烷基)、鹵化物(氯化物、溴化物、碘化物)、醯氯、異硫氰酸酯、異氰酸酯、一氯三、二氯三、單或雙鹵代吡啶、單或雙鹵代二、亞磷醯胺、馬來醯亞胺、氮丙啶、磺醯鹵、羥基琥珀醯亞胺酯、羥基硫代琥珀醯亞胺酯、亞胺酸酯、肼、疊氮硝基苯基團、疊氮化物、3-(2-吡啶基)丙醯胺、乙二醛、醛、環氧樹脂、烯屬不飽和自由基。 Exemplary crosslinkable groups include, but are not limited to, hydroxyl, amine, amido, sulfhydryl, -COOR (R and R'-based hydrogen or C 1 to C 8 alkyl), halide (chloride, bromide , Iodide), chloro, isothiocyanate, isocyanate, trichloro Dichlorotri , Mono or dihalopyridine, mono or dihalo di , Phosphoramidite, maleimide, aziridine, sulfazone, hydroxysuccinimide, hydroxythiosuccinimide, imidate, hydrazine, azidonitrophenyl group , Azide, 3- (2-pyridyl) propanamide, glyoxal, aldehyde, epoxy resin, ethylenically unsaturated free radicals.

油墨中的黏合劑聚合物可以是與鏡片材料相容的任何聚合物。黏合劑聚合物可以藉由含有乙烯醇、乙烯醇縮丁醛、醋酸乙烯酯、丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、羥基C1至C6丙烯酸和甲基丙烯酸烷基酯、胺基C1至C8丙烯酸和甲基丙烯酸烷基酯、丙烯酸和甲基丙烯酸甘油酯、乙烯基吡咯啶酮、氯乙烯、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯、二甲基丙烯醯胺等等的單體的聚合作用來製備。可以製作該等單體的混合物來形成多種不同共聚物。其他共聚物可以包括多種不同纖維素樹脂、聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚脲、或具有至少一種可交聯基的聚醯胺。較佳的是,製備黏合聚合物時使用的單體與製作鏡片時使用的單體相同。 The binder polymer in the ink can be any polymer that is compatible with the lens material. Adhesive polymers can be made by containing vinyl alcohol, vinyl butyral, vinyl acetate, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, hydroxyl C 1 to C 6 acrylic acid and alkyl methacrylate, amino C 1 to C 8 acrylic acid It is prepared by polymerization with monomers of alkyl methacrylate, acrylic acid and glyceryl methacrylate, vinyl pyrrolidone, vinyl chloride, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, dimethylacrylamide, and the like. Mixtures of these monomers can be made to form many different copolymers. Other copolymers may include a variety of different cellulose resins, polyesters, polyurethanes, polyureas, or polyamides with at least one crosslinkable group. Preferably, the monomers used in preparing the adhesive polymer are the same as those used in making the lens.

可以根據任何已知的合適方法製備用於印刷本發明的有色鏡片的油墨。例如,首先製備黏合聚合物與溶劑的溶液並且將此溶液與含有著色劑的糊料混合以形成油墨。目前較佳的是從具有約40,000cps的黏度的黏合聚合物溶液形成油墨。 The ink for printing the colored lenses of the present invention can be prepared according to any known suitable method. For example, a solution of a binder polymer and a solvent is first prepared and this solution is mixed with a paste containing a colorant to form an ink. It is currently preferred to form the ink from an adhesive polymer solution having a viscosity of about 40,000 cps.

移印在本領域中是眾所周知的(例如,參見斯皮瓦克(Spivack)的美國專利案號3,536,386;納普(Knapp)的美國專利案號4,582,402和 4,704,017;羅林斯(Rawlings)等人的美國專利案號5,034,166,該等專利藉由援引以其全部內容併入本文)。以下係這種印刷的典型實例。將圖像蝕刻進金屬中以形成鉛版。將鉛版置於印機中。一旦位於印機中,就藉由開放的油墨池刮除系統或藉由關閉的油墨杯在圖像上滑動來對鉛版上墨。然後,矽膠墊從鉛版上拾起上墨後的圖像並將該圖像轉移到接觸鏡片。矽膠墊係由包括彈性可以變化的矽酮的材料製成。矽酮材料的特性准許油墨臨時黏到該墊上和當其接觸接觸鏡片或模具時從該墊上完全釋放油墨。適當的移印結構包括但不限於Tampo型印刷結構(Tampo vario 90/130型)、橡皮圖章、頂針、刮刀、直接印刷、或轉印,因為它們在本領域中是已知的。 Pad printing is known (e.g., see Spivak (Spivack) U.S. Patent No. 3,536,386 in the case of the present art; U.S. Patent Nos Knapp (Knapp) of 4,582,402 and 4,704,017; Rawlings (Rawlings) et al. US Patent No. 5,034,166, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). The following are typical examples of this printing. The image is etched into the metal to form a lead plate. Place the lead plate in the printing press. Once in the printer, the lead plate is inked by an open ink pool scraping system or by a closed ink cup sliding on the image. Then, the silicone pad picks up the inked image from the lead plate and transfers the image to the contact lens. Silicone pads are made of a material that includes silicone that can vary in elasticity. The properties of the silicone material allow the ink to temporarily adhere to the pad and completely release the ink from the pad when it comes into contact with the lens or mold. Suitable pad printing structures include, but are not limited to, Tampo-type printing structures (Tampo vario 90/130), rubber stamps, thimbles, doctor blades, direct printing, or transfer printing, as they are known in the art.

本發明中可以使用任何已知的合適矽膠墊。市場上可買到矽膠墊。然而,不同的墊可以給出不同的印刷品質。熟習該項技術者應知道針對給定油墨如何選擇墊。 Any known suitable silicone pad can be used in the present invention. Silicone pads are commercially available. However, different pads can give different printing qualities. Those skilled in the art will know how to choose a pad for a given ink.

鉛版可以由陶瓷或金屬(例如,鋼)製成。當鉛版由鋼製成時,將期望的是藉由添加緩衝劑(例如,像磷酸鹽)來中和基於水的油墨的pH(例如,將pH調整為6.8~7.8)。可以根據熟習該項技術者已知的任何方法,例如藉由化學蝕刻或雷射燒蝕等等將圖像蝕刻到鉛版中。還期望的是在使用之後使用熟習該項技術者已知的標準清潔技術清潔鉛版,例如,像浸入溶劑中、聲波降解法、或機械磨蝕。 Lead plates can be made of ceramic or metal (eg, steel). When the lead plate is made of steel, it will be desirable to neutralize the pH of the water-based ink by adding a buffer (for example, like phosphate) (for example, adjusting the pH to 6.8 to 7.8). The image can be etched into the cliche according to any method known to those skilled in the art, such as by chemical etching or laser ablation, and the like. It is also desirable to clean the lead plate after use using standard cleaning techniques known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, immersion in solvents, sonic degradation, or mechanical abrasion.

應理解,可以印刷鏡片的前(凸)表面或後(凹)表面,但目前較佳的是印刷前表面。 It should be understood that the front (convex) surface or the rear (concave) surface of the lens can be printed, but it is currently preferred to print the front surface.

在公開的美國專利申請2001/0050753、2001/0085934、2003/0119943和2003/0184710號中描述了使用噴墨印刷過程印刷鏡片,該等專利申請藉由援引以其全部內容併入本文。 Printing lenses using inkjet printing processes is described in published US patent applications 2001/0050753, 2001/0085934, 2003/0119943, and 2003/0184710, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

可替代地,可以根據授予Rawlings等人的美國專利案號5,034,166(藉由引用結合在此)中描述的那些類似的模上印刷過程製成在其上和/或在其中具有色像的預製水凝膠接觸鏡片。可以首先藉由使用移印(或轉移印)或噴墨印刷將油墨塗覆到一個或多個模具部分的模製表面上以形成有色塗層(帶色像)。可以將有色塗層塗覆在限定接觸鏡片的後(凹)表面的模製表面上或限定接觸鏡片的前(凸)表面的模製表面上或兩個模具部分上。較佳的是,有色塗層(帶色像)塗覆在限定接觸鏡片的前表面的模製表面上。 Alternatively, a preformed water having a color image on it and / or having a color image therein can be made according to those similar on-die printing processes described in U.S. Patent No. 5,034,166 to Rawlings et al. (Incorporated herein by reference). The gel contacts the lens. The ink may be first applied to the molding surface of one or more mold parts by using pad printing (or transfer printing) or inkjet printing to form a colored coating (colored image). The colored coating can be applied on a molding surface that defines the rear (concave) surface of the contact lens or on a molding surface that defines the front (convex) surface of the contact lens or on both mold portions. Preferably, a colored coating (colored image) is applied on a molding surface that defines the front surface of the contact lens.

在將本發明的油墨印刷在模具的模製表面上之後,可以熱固化或光化固化該印刷的油墨。期望的是印刷的油墨以光化方式固化到的程度使由後續填充鏡片形成材料產生的色像的圖案清晰度損失最小化。 After the ink of the present invention is printed on a molding surface of a mold, the printed ink may be thermally or photocured. It is desirable to the extent that the printed ink is photochemically cured to minimize the loss of pattern sharpness of the color image produced by the subsequent filling lens forming material.

許多有色水凝膠接觸鏡片係市場上可商購的。那些可商購的有色水凝膠接觸鏡片可以用於本發明中。 Many colored hydrogel contact lenses are commercially available. Those commercially available colored hydrogel contact lenses can be used in the present invention.

根據本發明,預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與第一塗層水溶液的接觸可以藉由將它浸漬到該第一塗層水溶液中或者藉由用該第一塗層水溶液噴塗它來發生。一種接觸過程涉及將該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片單獨浸漬在第一塗層水溶液的浴中持續一段時間或者可替代地將該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片順序地浸漬在一系列第一塗層水溶液的浴中持續對於每個浴的一個固定的較短時間段。另一種接觸過程涉及單獨噴塗第一塗層水溶液。然而,許多替代方 案涉及可以被熟習該項技術者設計的噴塗-和浸漬-步驟的各種組合。較佳的是,該接觸步驟藉由將該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片浸漬在該第一塗層水溶液中來進行。 According to the present invention, the contact of the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens with the first coating aqueous solution may occur by dipping it into the first coating aqueous solution or by spraying it with the first coating aqueous solution. A contact process involves immersing the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens separately in a bath of an aqueous first coating solution for a period of time or alternatively immersing the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens sequentially in a series of first aqueous coating solutions. The bath lasts for a fixed, shorter period of time for each bath. Another contacting process involves spraying a first aqueous coating solution separately. However, many alternatives involve various combinations of spray- and dip-steps that can be designed by those skilled in the art. Preferably, the contacting step is performed by immersing the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens in the first coating aqueous solution.

該第一塗層水溶液具有約4或更小、較佳的是約3.5或更小、更較佳的是約3.0或更小、甚至更較佳的是從約0.5至約2.5的pH。 The first coating aqueous solution has a pH of about 4 or less, preferably about 3.5 or less, more preferably about 3.0 or less, and even more preferably from about 0.5 to about 2.5.

該第一塗層水溶液具有從約25℃至約80℃(較佳的是從約30℃至約75℃、更較佳的是從約35℃至約70℃、甚至更較佳的是從約40℃至約60℃)的溫度(即,塗覆溫度)。 The first coating aqueous solution has a temperature of from about 25 ° C to about 80 ° C (preferably from about 30 ° C to about 75 ° C, more preferably from about 35 ° C to about 70 ° C, even more preferably from About 40 ° C to about 60 ° C) (ie, coating temperature).

使該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與該第一塗層水溶液接觸持續至少約一分鐘、較佳的是至少約5分鐘、更較佳的是至少約10分鐘、甚至更較佳的是約30分鐘的接觸時間。 Contacting the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens with the first coating aqueous solution for at least about one minute, preferably at least about 5 minutes, more preferably at least about 10 minutes, and even more preferably about 30 minutes Contact time.

根據本發明,該多陰離子聚合物係一種或多種丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、或乙基丙烯酸的均聚物或共聚物;較佳的是聚(丙烯酸)(PAA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸)(PMAA)、聚(丙烯酸-共-甲基丙烯酸)(pAA-pMAA)、聚(乙基丙烯酸)(PEAA)、聚(丙烯酸-共-乙基丙烯酸)(pAA-pEAA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸-共-乙基丙烯酸)(pMAA-pEAA)、或其組合;更較佳的是聚(丙烯酸)(PAA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸)(PMAA)、聚(丙烯酸-共-甲基丙烯酸)(pAA-pMAA)、或其組合。該多陰離子聚合物具有至少100,000道耳頓(較佳的是從200,000至10,000,000道耳頓、更較佳的是從300,000至5,000,000道耳頓、甚至更較佳的是從400,000至3,000,000道耳頓)的重量平均分子量。 According to the present invention, the polyanionic polymer is a homopolymer or copolymer of one or more acrylic, methacrylic, or ethacrylic acid; preferably poly (acrylic acid) (PAA), poly (methacrylic acid) ( PMAA), poly (acrylic acid-co-methacrylic acid) (pAA-pMAA), poly (ethyl acrylic acid) (PEAA), poly (acrylic acid-co-ethyl acrylic acid) (pAA-pEAA), poly (methacrylic acid) -Co-ethylacrylic acid) (pMAA-pEAA), or a combination thereof; more preferred are poly (acrylic acid) (PAA), poly (methacrylic acid) (PMAA), poly (acrylic acid-co-methacrylic acid) (pAA-pMAA), or a combination thereof. The polyanionic polymer has at least 100,000 Daltons (preferably from 200,000 to 10,000,000 Daltons, more preferably from 300,000 to 5,000,000 Daltons, even more preferably from 400,000 to 3,000,000 Daltons. ) Weight average molecular weight.

根據本發明,水溶性且可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料包含四氫吖唉鎓基團並且是根據方案I中示出的交聯反應至少一種含有四氫吖唉鎓的 聚合物與至少一種具有至少一個羧基、一級胺基團、二級胺基團、或硫醇基團的親水性增強劑(即,潤濕劑)的部分反應產物 According to the present invention, the water-soluble and heat-crosslinkable hydrophilic polymer material contains a tetrahydroazinonium group and is a cross-linking reaction shown in Scheme I. At least one polymer containing tetrahydroazinonium and at least Partial reaction product of a hydrophilicity enhancer (ie, wetting agent) having at least one carboxyl group, primary amine group, secondary amine group, or thiol group

其中X1係-S-*、-OC(=O)-*、或-NR’-*,其中R’係氫或C1-C4未取代的或取代的烷基基團,並且*代表有機基團。 Where X 1 is -S- *, -OC (= O)-*, or -NR '-*, where R' is hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 unsubstituted or substituted alkyl group, and * represents Organic group.

在本發明中可以使用任何合適的含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物。含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物的實例包括但不限於表氯醇官能化的聚胺、含有四氫吖唉鎓的乙烯基單體的均聚物、含有四氫吖唉鎓的乙烯基單體與一種或多種乙烯基單體的共聚物。 Any suitable tetrahydroaziridinium-containing polymer can be used in the present invention. Examples of tetrahydroazinonium-containing polymers include, but are not limited to, epichlorohydrin-functional polyamines, homopolymers of tetrahydroazineium-containing vinyl monomers, tetrahydroazineium-containing vinyl monomers A copolymer of a polymer with one or more vinyl monomers.

較佳的是,含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物係表氯醇官能化的聚胺。表氯醇官能化的聚胺可以藉由使表氯醇與聚胺聚合物或包含二級胺基的聚合物反應獲得。例如,作為衍生自聚胺和二羧酸的縮聚物(例如,己二酸-二伸乙基三胺共聚物)的聚(伸烷基亞胺)或聚(胺基胺)可以與表氯醇反應形成一種表氯醇官能化的聚合物;(甲基)丙烯酸單-烷基胺基烷基酯或單-烷基胺基烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺的均聚物或共聚物也可以與表氯醇反應形成表氯醇官能化的聚胺;聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)共聚物可以與表氯醇反應以形成表氯醇官能化的聚胺(即,聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇)。用於聚胺或聚醯胺胺聚合物的表氯醇官能化的反應條件傳授於EP1465931(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)中。較佳的表氯醇官能化的聚胺係聚醯胺胺-表氯醇(PAE)或聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇。 Preferably, the polymer containing tetrahydroazepine is an epichlorohydrin-functional polyamine. Epichlorohydrin-functional polyamines can be obtained by reacting epichlorohydrin with a polyamine polymer or a polymer containing a secondary amine group. For example, poly (alkyleneimine) or poly (aminoamine) as a polycondensate derived from a polyamine and a dicarboxylic acid (e.g., adipic acid-diethylene triamine copolymer) can be combined with epichlorine Alcohols react to form an epichlorohydrin-functional polymer; a homo- or copolymer of a mono-alkylamino alkyl (meth) acrylate or a mono-alkylamino alkyl (meth) acrylamide It can also react with epichlorohydrin to form epichlorohydrin-functional polyamines; poly (2- An oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) copolymer can be reacted with epichlorohydrin to form an epichlorohydrin-functional polyamine (i.e., poly (2- Oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin). The epichlorohydrin-functionalized reaction conditions for polyamines or polyamidoamine polymers are taught in EP1465931 (herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Preferred epichlorohydrin-functional polyamine polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin (PAE) or poly (2- Oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin.

聚醯胺胺-表氯醇係可商購的,例如像,來自Hercules公司的Kymene®或Polycup®樹脂(表氯醇官能化的己二酸-二伸乙基三胺共聚物)。 Polyamide amine - epichlorohydrin commercially available, such as for example, Kymene® from Hercules, Inc. or Polycup ® resin (epichlorohydrin-functionalized adipate - two projecting triamine copolymer).

聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇可以根據在美國專利申請公開案號US 2016/0061995 A1(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)中描述的程序製備。 Poly (2- The oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin can be prepared according to the procedure described in US Patent Application Publication No. US 2016/0061995 A1 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).

含有四氫吖唉鎓的乙烯基單體的均聚物和共聚物可以根據在美國專利申請公開案號2013/0337160A1(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)的程序獲得。 Homopolymers and copolymers of tetrahydroazineium-containing vinyl monomers can be obtained according to procedures in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013 / 0337160A1 (hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).

任何合適的親水性增強劑可以用於本發明中,只要它們係眼科相容的並且含有至少一個一級或二級胺基、至少一個羧基、和/或至少一個硫醇基團。 Any suitable hydrophilicity enhancer can be used in the present invention, so long as they are ophthalmically compatible and contain at least one primary or secondary amine group, at least one carboxyl group, and / or at least one thiol group.

一類較佳的親水性增強劑包括而不限於:含有一級胺基、二級胺基、羧基或硫醇基的單糖(例如,3-胺基-1,2-丙二醇、1-硫醇甘油、5-酮基-D-葡萄糖酸、半乳糖胺、葡萄糖胺、半乳糖醛酸、葡萄糖酸、胺基葡萄糖酸、甘露糖胺、葡糖二酸1,4-內酯、糖酸、尤羅索尼克酸(Ketodeoxynonulosonic acid)、N-甲基-D-葡糖胺、1-胺基-1-去氧-β-D-半乳糖、1-胺基-1-去氧山梨醇、1-甲基胺基-1-去氧山梨醇、N-胺基乙基葡糖醯胺(gluconamide));含有一級胺基、二級胺基、羧基或硫醇基的二糖(例如,軟骨素二糖鈉鹽、二(β-D-吡喃木糖基)胺、二半乳糖醛酸、肝素二糖、透明質酸二糖、乳糖酸);以及含有一級胺基、二級胺基、羧基或硫醇基的寡糖(例如,羧甲基-β-環糊精鈉鹽、三半乳糖醛酸);及其組合。 A preferred class of hydrophilicity enhancers includes, but is not limited to, monosaccharides containing a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, a carboxyl group, or a thiol group (e.g., 3-amino-1,2-propanediol, 1-thiol glycerol , 5-keto-D-gluconic acid, galactosamine, glucosamine, galacturonic acid, gluconic acid, aminogluconic acid, mannosamine, glucuronic acid 1,4-lactone, sugar acid, especially Ketodeoxynonulosonic acid, N -methyl-D-glucosamine, 1-amino-1-deoxy-β-D-galactose, 1-amino-1-deoxysorbitol, 1 -Methylamino-1-deoxysorbitol, N-aminoethylgluconamide); disaccharides containing primary, secondary, carboxyl or thiol groups (e.g. cartilage Disaccharide sodium salt, bis (β-D-xylpyranosyl) amine, digalacturonic acid, heparin disaccharide, hyaluronic acid disaccharide, lactobionic acid); and containing primary amine groups, secondary amine groups , Carboxyl, or thiol-based oligosaccharides (eg, carboxymethyl-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt, trigalacturonic acid); and combinations thereof.

另一類較佳的親水性增強劑係具有一個或多個(一級或二級)胺基、羧基和/或硫醇基團的親水性聚合物。更較佳的是,胺基(-NHR’,其中R’如以上定義的)、羧基(-COOH)和/或硫醇基(-SH)基團在作為親水性增強劑的親水性聚合物中的含量係基於該親水性聚合物的總重量,按重量計小於約40%,較佳的是小於約30%,更較佳的是小於約20%,甚至更較佳的是小於約10%。 Another type of preferred hydrophilicity enhancer is a hydrophilic polymer having one or more (primary or secondary) amine, carboxyl and / or thiol groups. More preferably, the amine group (-NHR ', wherein R' is as defined above), the carboxyl group (-COOH) and / or the thiol group (-SH) group are in a hydrophilic polymer as a hydrophilicity enhancer The content in is based on the total weight of the hydrophilic polymer, less than about 40% by weight, preferably less than about 30%, more preferably less than about 20%, even more preferably less than about 10 %.

親水性增強劑的較佳的一類係含有(一級或二級)胺基或羧基的多糖,例如像羧甲基纖維素(具有約40%或更少的羧基含量,該羧基含量係基於重複單元-[C6H10-mO5(CH2CO2H)m]-的組成估計的,其中m係1至3)、羧乙基纖維素(具有約36%或更少的羧基含量,該羧基含量係基於重複單元-[C6H10-mO5(C2H4CO2H)m]-的組成估計的,其中m係1至3)、羧丙基纖維素(具有約32%或更少的羧基含量,該羧基含量係基於重複單元-[C6H10-mO5(C3H6CO2H)m]-的組成估計的,其中m係1至3)、透明質酸(具有約11%的羧基含量,該羧基含量係基於重複單元-(C13H20O9NCO2H)-的組成估計的)、硫酸軟骨素(具有約9.8%的羧基含量,該羧基含量係基於重複單元-(C12H18O13NS CO2H)-的組成估計的)、或其組合。 A preferred class of hydrophilicity enhancers are polysaccharides containing (primary or secondary) amine or carboxyl groups, such as, for example, carboxymethyl cellulose (having a carboxyl content of about 40% or less based on repeating units -[C 6 H 10-m O 5 (CH 2 CO 2 H) m ]-is estimated, where m is 1 to 3), carboxyethyl cellulose (having a carboxyl content of about 36% or less, The carboxyl group content is estimated based on the composition of the repeating unit-[C 6 H 10-m O 5 (C 2 H 4 CO 2 H) m ]-, where m is 1 to 3), carboxypropyl cellulose (having about 32% or less carboxyl group content, which is estimated based on the composition of the repeating unit-[C 6 H 10-m O 5 (C 3 H 6 CO 2 H) m ]-, where m is 1 to 3) Hyaluronic acid (having a carboxyl content of about 11%, which is estimated based on the composition of repeating units-(C 13 H 20 O 9 NCO 2 H)-), chondroitin sulfate (having a carboxyl content of about 9.8% The content of the carboxyl group is estimated based on the composition of the repeating unit-(C 12 H 18 O 13 NSCO 2 H)-), or a combination thereof.

另一類較佳的親水性增強劑包括但不限於:具有單胺基(一級胺基或二級胺基)、羧基或硫醇基團的聚(乙二醇)(PEG)(例如,PEG-NH2、PEG-SH、PEG-COOH);H2N-PEG-NH2;HOOC-PEG-COOH;HS-PEG-SH;H2N-PEG-COOH;HOOC-PEG-SH;H2N-PEG-SH;具有一個或多個胺基(一級胺基或二級胺基)、羧基或硫醇基團的多臂PEG;具有一個或多個胺基(一級胺基或二級胺基)、羧基或硫醇基團的PEG樹狀聚合物;非反應性 親水性乙烯基單體的二胺基(一級胺基或二級胺基)或二羧基封端的均聚物或共聚物;非反應性親水性乙烯基單體(以上描述的那些中的任何一種)或含有磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體(以上描述的那些中的任何一種)的單胺基(一級胺基或二級胺基)或單羧基封端的均聚物或共聚物;作為一種組成物的聚合產物的共聚物,該組成物包含(1)按重量計約60%或更少,按重量計較佳的是從約0.1%至約30%、更較佳的是從約0.5%至約20%、甚至更較佳的是從約1%至約15%的一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體和(2)至少一種非反應性親水性乙烯基單體;及其組合。 Another class of preferred hydrophilicity enhancers includes, but is not limited to, poly (ethylene glycol) (PEG) (e.g., PEG- NH 2 , PEG-SH, PEG-COOH); H 2 N-PEG-NH 2 ; HOOC-PEG-COOH; HS-PEG-SH; H 2 N-PEG-COOH; HOOC-PEG-SH; H 2 N -PEG-SH; multi-armed PEG with one or more amine groups (primary or secondary amine groups), carboxyl or thiol groups; PEG-SH with one or more amine groups (primary or secondary amine groups) ), A PEG dendrimer having a carboxyl group or a thiol group; a diamine group (primary or secondary amine group) or a dicarboxyl-terminated homopolymer or copolymer of a non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomer; Monoamine group (primary amine group or diamine group) of non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomer (any of those described above) or phosphatidylcholine-containing vinyl monomer (any of those described above) Grade amine group) or a monocarboxyl-terminated homopolymer or copolymer; as a copolymer of a polymerization product of a composition, the composition contains (1) about 60% by weight or less, and preferably by weight is From about 0.1% to about 30%, more Preferably from about 0.5% to about 20%, even more preferably from about 1% to about 15% of one or more reactive vinyl monomers and (2) at least one non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomer Body; and combinations thereof.

根據本發明,反應性乙烯基單體可以是含有羧基的乙烯基單體(以上描述的任何那些較佳的實例)、含有一級胺基的乙烯基單體(以上描述的任何那些較佳的實例)、或含有二級胺基的乙烯基單體(以上描述的任何那些較佳的實例)。 According to the present invention, the reactive vinyl monomer may be a carboxyl group-containing vinyl monomer (any of those preferred examples described above), a primary amine group-containing vinyl monomer (any of those preferred examples described above) ), Or a vinyl monomer containing a secondary amine group (any of those preferred examples described above).

更較佳的是,親水性增強劑係PEG-NH2;PEG-SH;PEG-COOH;H2N-PEG-NH2;HOOC-PEG-COOH;HS-PEG-SH;H2N-PEG-COOH;HOOC-PEG-SH;H2N-PEG-SH;具有一個或多個胺基、羧基或硫醇基團的多臂PEG;具有一個或多個胺基、羧基或硫醇基團的PEG樹狀聚合物;非反應性親水性乙烯基單體的單胺基-、單羧基-、二胺基-或二羧基-封端的均聚物或共聚物,該非反應性親水性乙烯基單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮(NVP)、N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、N-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、具有高達400道耳頓的重量平均分子量的C1-C4-烷氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙烯醇、N-甲基-3-亞甲 基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-甲基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、含有磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體、以及其組合;共聚物,該共聚物係一組成物的聚合產物,該組成物包含(1)按重量計從約0.1%至約30%、較佳的是從約0.5%至約20%、更較佳的是從約1%至約15%的丙烯酸、C1-C3烷基丙烯酸、烯丙基胺和/或(甲基)丙烯酸胺基-C2-C4烷基酯,以及(2)至少一種非反應性親水性乙烯基單體,該非反應性親水性乙烯基單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、含有磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體、N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、N-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、具有高達400道耳頓的重量平均分子量的C1-C4-烷氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙烯醇、以及其組合。 More preferably, the hydrophilicity enhancer is PEG-NH 2 ; PEG-SH; PEG-COOH; H 2 N-PEG-NH 2 ; HOOC-PEG-COOH; HS-PEG-SH; H 2 N-PEG -COOH; HOOC-PEG-SH; H 2 N-PEG-SH; multi-armed PEG with one or more amine, carboxyl, or thiol groups; with one or more amine, carboxyl, or thiol groups PEG dendrimer; monoamine-, monocarboxy-, diamino-, or dicarboxy-terminated homopolymer or copolymer of a non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomer, the non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl The monomer is selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinyl-N-methylacetamide, glycerol (meth) acrylic acid Ester, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, C 1 with a weight average molecular weight of up to 400 Daltons -C 4 -alkoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, vinyl alcohol, N-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-methyl-5-methylene-2 -Pyrrolidone, 5-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-di Aminoaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, a vinyl monomer containing phosphinocholine, and a combination thereof; a copolymer, the copolymer being a polymerization product of a composition, the composition comprising (1) From about 0.1% to about 30% by weight, preferably from about 0.5% to about 20%, more preferably from about 1% to about 15% acrylic acid, C 1 -C 3 alkyl acrylic acid, olefin Propylamine and / or amine-C 2 -C 4 alkyl (meth) acrylate, and (2) at least one non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomer selected from the group consisting of A group consisting of acrylamide, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone, a vinyl monomer containing phosphinocholine, N-vinyl-N-formyl Acetylamine, glycerol (meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, C 1 -C with weight average molecular weight up to 400 Daltons 4 -alkoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, vinyl alcohol, and combinations thereof.

較佳的非反應性含有磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體的實例包括但不限於(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基磷醯膽鹼(亦稱,MPC)、或2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)乙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯)、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基磷醯膽鹼(亦稱,3-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)丙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯)、4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)丁基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、2-[(甲基)丙烯醯胺基]乙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)-乙基磷酸酯、3-[(甲基)丙烯醯胺基]丙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、4-[(甲基)丙烯醯胺基]丁基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、5-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)戊基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、6-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)己基-2'-(三甲基胺基)-乙基磷酸酯、2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)乙基-2'-(三乙基胺基)乙基-磷酸酯、2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)乙基-2'-(三丙基胺 基)乙基磷酸酯、2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)乙基-2'-(三丁基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)丙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)-乙基磷酸酯、2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)丁基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)戊基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)己基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、2-(乙烯基氧基)乙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、2-(烯丙氧基)乙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、2-(乙烯基氧基羰基)乙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、2-(烯丙氧基羰基)乙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)-乙基磷酸酯、2-(乙烯基羰基胺基)乙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)-乙基磷酸酯、2-(烯丙氧基羰基胺基)乙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、2-(丁烯基氧基)乙基-2'-(三甲基胺基)乙基磷酸酯、在美國專利案號5,461,433(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)中描述的那些、以及其組合。 Examples of preferred non-reactive vinylphosphonium choline-containing vinyl monomers include, but are not limited to, (meth) acryloxyethylphosphocholine (also known as MPC), or 2-((methyl ) Acryloxy) ethyl-2 '-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate), (meth) acryloxypropylphosphonium choline (also known as 3-((methyl) (Acrylic acid) propyl-2 '-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate), 4-((meth) acrylic acid) butyl-2'-(trimethylamino) ethyl Phosphoric acid ester, 2-[(meth) acrylamidoamino] ethyl-2 '-(trimethylamino) -ethylphosphate, 3-[(meth) acrylamido] propyl- 2 '-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate, 4-[(meth) acrylamido] butyl-2'-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate, 5-((methyl Propyl) propenyloxy) pentyl-2 '-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate, 6-((meth) propenyloxy) hexyl-2'-(trimethylamino)- Ethyl phosphate, 2-((meth) acryloxy) ethyl-2 '-(triethylamino) ethyl-phosphate, 2-((meth) acryloxy) ethyl -2 '-(tripropylamino) ethyl phosphate, 2-((meth) propenyloxy) ethyl-2'-(tributylamino) ethyl phosphate, 2-(( Propyl) propenyloxy) propyl-2 '-(trimethylamino) -ethyl phosphate, 2-((meth) propenyloxy) butyl-2'-(trimethylamino ) Ethyl phosphate, 2-((meth) acryloxy) pentyl-2 '-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate, 2-((meth) acryloxy) hexyl- 2 '-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate, 2- (vinyloxy) ethyl-2'-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate, 2- (allyloxy) ethyl -2 '-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate, 2- (vinyloxycarbonyl) ethyl-2'-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate, 2- (allyloxy Carbonyl) ethyl-2 '-(trimethylamino) -ethyl phosphate, 2- (vinylcarbonylamino) ethyl-2'-(trimethylamino) -ethyl phosphate, 2- (allyloxycarbonylamino) ethyl-2 '-(trimethylamino) ethyl phosphate, 2- (butenyloxy) ethyl-2'-(trimethylamino) ) Ethyl phosphates, those described in US Patent No. 5,461,433 (herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), and combinations thereof.

最較佳的是,親水性增強劑係PEG-NH2;PEG-SH;PEG-COOH;單胺基-、單羧基-、二胺基-或二羧基-封端的聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮;單胺基-、單羧基-、二胺基-或二羧基-封端的聚丙烯醯胺;單胺基-、單羧基-、二胺基-或二羧基-封端的聚(DMA);單胺基-或單羧基-、二胺基-或二羧基-封端的聚(DMA-共-NVP);單胺基-、單羧基-、二胺基-或二羧基-封端的聚(NVP-共-N,N-二甲基胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯));單胺基-、單羧基-、二胺基-或二羧基-封端的聚(乙烯醇);單胺基-、單羧基-、二胺基-或二羧基-封端的聚[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基磷醯膽鹼]均聚物或共聚物;單胺基-、單羧基-、二胺基-或二羧基-封端的聚(NVP-共-乙烯醇);單胺基-、單羧基-、二胺基-或二羧基-封端的聚(N,N-二甲基丙烯醯胺-共-乙烯醇);聚[(甲基)丙烯酸-共-丙烯醯胺],具有按重量計從約0.1%至約30%、較佳的是從約0.5%至約 20%、更較佳的是從約1%至約15%的(甲基)丙烯酸;聚[(甲基)丙烯酸-共-NVP],具有按重量計從約0.1%至約30%、較佳的是從約0.5%至約20%、更較佳的是從約1%至約15%的(甲基)丙烯酸;共聚物,其係一組成物的聚合產物,該組成物包含(1)含有磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體,以及(2)按重量計從約0.1%至約30%、較佳的是從約0.5%至約20%、更較佳的是從約1%至約15%的丙烯酸、C1-C3烷基丙烯酸、烯丙基胺和/或(甲基)丙烯酸胺基-C2-C4烷基酯;及其組合。 Most preferably, the hydrophilicity enhancer is PEG-NH 2 ; PEG-SH; PEG-COOH; monoamine-, monocarboxy-, diamino-, or dicarboxy-terminated polyvinylpyrrolidone; Monoamine-, monocarboxy-, diamino-, or dicarboxy-terminated polypropylene amides; monoamine-, monocarboxy-, diamino-, or dicarboxy-terminated poly (DMA); monoamine Group- or monocarboxy-, diamino-, or dicarboxy-terminated poly (DMA-co-NVP); monoamino-, monocarboxy-, diamino-, or dicarboxy-terminated poly (NVP-co-NVP) -N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate)); monoamine-, monocarboxy-, diamino-, or dicarboxy-terminated poly (vinyl alcohol); monoamine- , Monocarboxy-, diamino-, or dicarboxy-terminated poly [(meth) acryloxyethylphosphonium choline] homopolymer or copolymer; monoamine-, monocarboxy-, diamine Group- or dicarboxy-terminated poly (NVP-co-vinyl alcohol); monoamine-, monocarboxy-, diamino-, or dicarboxy-terminated poly (N, N-dimethylacrylamide- (Co-vinyl alcohol); poly [(meth) acrylic acid-co-acrylamido], having from about 0.1% to about 30% by weight, preferably from about 0.5% to about 2 0%, more preferably from about 1% to about 15% of (meth) acrylic acid; poly [(meth) acrylic acid-co-NVP], having from about 0.1% to about 30% by weight, (Meth) acrylic acid is preferably from about 0.5% to about 20%, more preferably from about 1% to about 15%; a copolymer, which is a polymerization product of a composition comprising (1 ) A vinyl monomer containing phosphatidylcholine, and (2) from about 0.1% to about 30% by weight, preferably from about 0.5% to about 20%, more preferably from about 1% Up to about 15% of acrylic acid, C 1 -C 3 alkylacrylic acid, allylamine, and / or amine-C 2 -C 4 alkyl (meth) acrylate; and combinations thereof.

具有官能團的PEG和具有官能團的多臂PEG可以從不同的商業供應商(例如,波利塞斯(Polyscience)、和希爾沃特聚合物公司(Shearwater Polymers,inc.)等)獲得。 Functional PEGs and multi-arm PEGs can be obtained from different commercial suppliers (eg, Polyscience, and Shearwater Polymers, inc., Etc.).

一種或多種非反應性親水性乙烯基單體或一種含磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體的單胺基、單羧基、二胺基或二羧基封端的均聚物或共聚物可以根據在美國專利案號6,218,508(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)中描述的程序製備。例如,為了製備非反應性親水性乙烯基單體的二胺基或二羧基封端的均聚物或共聚物,該非反應性乙烯基單體、具有一級或二級胺基或羧基的鏈轉移劑(例如,2-胺基乙硫醇、2-巰基丙酸、硫代乙醇酸、硫代乳酸、或其他羥基硫醇、胺基硫醇、或含羧基的硫醇)以及視情況其他乙烯基單體與反應性乙烯基單體(具有一級或二級胺基或羧基)、在自由基引發劑存在下共聚(熱地或光化地)。總體上,鏈轉移劑與除了該反應性乙烯基單體的所有乙烯基單體的莫耳比係從約1:5至約1:100,而鏈轉移劑與該反應性乙烯基單體的莫耳比係1:1。在此製備中,具有一級或二級胺基或羧基的該鏈轉移劑用於控制所產生的親水性聚合物的分子量並且形成所產生 的親水性聚合物的末端以便提供具有一個末端一級或二級胺基或羧基的所產生的親水性聚合物,而該反應性乙烯基單體將另一個末端羧基或一級或二級胺基提供給所產生的親水性聚合物。類似地,為了製備非反應性親水性乙烯基單體的單胺基或單羧基封端的均聚物或共聚物,該非反應性乙烯基單體、具有一級或二級胺基或羧基的鏈轉移劑(例如,2-胺基乙硫醇、2-巰基丙酸、硫代乙醇酸、硫代乳酸、或其他羥基硫醇、胺基硫醇、或含羧基的硫醇)以及視情況其他乙烯基單體在不存在任何反應性乙烯基單體下共聚(熱地或光化地)。 Monoamine, monocarboxy, diamine, or dicarboxy-terminated homopolymers or copolymers of one or more non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomers or a phosphinocholine-containing vinyl monomer may be Prepared by the procedure described in patent case number 6,218,508, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. For example, in order to prepare a diamine or dicarboxy-terminated homopolymer or copolymer of a non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomer, the non-reactive vinyl monomer, a chain transfer agent having a primary or secondary amine or carboxyl group (E.g., 2-aminoethanethiol, 2-mercaptopropionic acid, thioglycolic acid, thiolactic acid, or other hydroxythiols, aminothiols, or carboxyl-containing thiols) and optionally vinyl groups The monomer is copolymerized (thermally or actinically) with a reactive vinyl monomer (having a primary or secondary amine or carboxyl group) in the presence of a free radical initiator. In general, the molar ratio of the chain transfer agent to all vinyl monomers except the reactive vinyl monomer is from about 1: 5 to about 1: 100, and the Morse ratio is 1: 1. In this preparation, the chain transfer agent having a primary or secondary amine group or a carboxyl group is used to control the molecular weight of the produced hydrophilic polymer and form the ends of the produced hydrophilic polymer so as to provide one or two ends having one end. The resulting hydrophilic polymer with a secondary amine group or carboxyl group, and the reactive vinyl monomer provides another terminal carboxyl group or a primary or secondary amine group to the generated hydrophilic polymer. Similarly, in order to prepare a monoamine or monocarboxy-terminated homopolymer or copolymer of a non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomer, the non-reactive vinyl monomer, a chain transfer having a primary or secondary amine or carboxyl Agents (e.g., 2-aminoethyl mercaptan, 2-mercaptopropionic acid, thioglycolic acid, thiolactic acid, or other hydroxythiols, aminothiols, or carboxyl-containing thiols) and optionally ethylene The base monomer is copolymerized (thermally or actinically) in the absence of any reactive vinyl monomer.

包括非反應性親水性乙烯基單體和反應性乙烯基單體(例如,含羧基的乙烯基單體,含一級胺基的乙烯基單體,或含二級胺基的乙烯基單體)的共聚物可以根據任何熟知的自由基聚合方法製備或者從商業供應商獲得。包含甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基磷醯膽鹼和含羧基的乙烯基單體(或含胺基的乙烯基單體)的共聚物可以從NOF公司獲得(例如LIPIDURE®-A和-AF)。 Includes non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomers and reactive vinyl monomers (eg, carboxyl-containing vinyl monomers, primary amine-containing vinyl monomers, or secondary amine-containing vinyl monomers) The copolymers can be prepared according to any well-known free-radical polymerization method or obtained from commercial suppliers. Copolymers containing methacryloxyethylphosphonium choline and carboxyl-containing vinyl monomers (or amine-containing vinyl monomers) are available from NOF (e.g. LIPIDURE®-A and -AF) .

具有至少一個胺基、羧基或硫醇基團的親水性聚合物(作為親水性增強劑)的重量平均分子量Mw較佳的是從約500至約5,000,000,更較佳的是從約1,000至約2,000,000,甚至更較佳的是從約5,000至約1,000,000道耳頓。 The weight average molecular weight M w of the hydrophilic polymer (as a hydrophilicity enhancer) having at least one amine group, carboxyl group, or thiol group is preferably from about 500 to about 5,000,000, and more preferably from about 1,000 to About 2,000,000, and even more preferably from about 5,000 to about 1,000,000 Daltons.

水溶性且可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料可以根據在美國專利申請公開案號US 2016/0061995 A1和US2013/0337160 A1(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)和美國專利案號8,529,057(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)中揭露的過程來製備。 Water-soluble and heat-crosslinkable hydrophilic polymer materials can be used according to U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. US 2016/0061995 A1 and US2013 / 0337160 A1 (herein incorporated by reference in their entirety) and U.S. Patent No. 8,529,057 ( Prepared by reference to the process disclosed in its entirety herein incorporated by reference.

在較佳的實施方式中,水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料可以藉由以下方式獲得:將水性反應性溶液加熱到從約35℃至約85℃的溫度並且維持該溫度持續足夠的一段時間(約6小時或更少、較佳的是約5小時、更較佳的是從約2小時至約4小時),該水性反應性溶液包含至少一種含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物和至少一種具有至少一種選自下組的反應性官能團的親水性增強劑(即,潤濕劑),該組由以下各項組成:一級胺基、二級胺基、羧基、硫醇基團、以及其組合。該水性反應性溶液較佳的是包含從約70mM至約170mM(較佳的是約90mM至約150mM、更較佳的是從約100mM至約130mM)的一種或多種離子化合物以及至少8.0(較佳的是至少8.5、更較佳的是至少9.0、甚至更較佳的是至少9.5)的pH。應理解,反應時間應該足夠長以將該親水性增強劑共價地附接到該含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物的聚合物鏈上,但是應該足夠短以不消耗該含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物的所有四氫吖唉鎓基團並且不形成凝膠(即,不是水溶性)(由於在該含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物與該親水性增強劑之間形成的太多的交鍵)。所得聚合物材料係輕微交聯的聚合物材料,該聚合物材料具有高度支化的結構並且仍然包含可熱交聯的四氫吖唉鎓基團。 In a preferred embodiment, the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable polymer material can be obtained by heating the aqueous reactive solution to a temperature from about 35 ° C to about 85 ° C and maintaining the temperature for a sufficient period of time. Time (about 6 hours or less, preferably about 5 hours, more preferably from about 2 hours to about 4 hours), the aqueous reactive solution comprises at least one polymer containing tetrahydroazine and At least one hydrophilicity enhancer (ie, wetting agent) having at least one reactive functional group selected from the group consisting of a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, And its combination. The aqueous reactive solution preferably contains one or more ionic compounds from about 70 mM to about 170 mM (preferably about 90 mM to about 150 mM, more preferably from about 100 mM to about 130 mM) and at least 8.0 (compared to Preferred is a pH of at least 8.5, more preferably at least 9.0, and even more preferably at least 9.5). It should be understood that the reaction time should be long enough to covalently attach the hydrophilic enhancer to the polymer chain of the tetrahydroazine-containing polymer, but should be short enough not to consume the tetrahydroazine All tetrahydroazinonium groups of the onium polymer and do not form a gel (i.e., not water soluble) (due to too much formation between the tetrahydroazinonium-containing polymer and the hydrophilicity enhancer The cross-bond). The resulting polymer material is a lightly crosslinked polymer material that has a highly branched structure and still contains thermally crosslinkable tetrahydroazinonium groups.

熟習該項技術者很好地理解如何調節反應混合物的pH,例如藉由添加鹼(例如,NaOH、KOH、NH4OH、或其混合物)或酸(例如,HCl、H2SO4、H3PO4、檸檬酸、乙酸、硼酸、或其混合物)。 Those skilled in the art well understand how adjusting the pH of the reaction mixture, for example by adding a base (e.g., NaOH, KOH, NH 4 OH , or mixtures thereof) or an acid (e.g., HCl, H 2 SO 4, H 3 PO 4 , citric acid, acetic acid, boric acid, or a mixture thereof).

根據本發明,任何離子化合物可以用於反應性混合物中。較佳的是,離子化合物係作為離子張力調節劑使用的那些以及在眼科溶液中使用的離子緩衝劑。較佳的離子張力調節劑的實例包括但不限於氯化鈉、氯化 鉀、以及其組合。較佳的離子緩衝劑的實例包括磷酸的各種鹽(例如NaH2PO4、Na2HPO4、Na3PO4、KH2PO4、K2HPO4、K3PO4、或其混合物)、硼酸的各種鹽(例如,硼酸鈉、硼酸鉀、或其混合物)、檸檬酸的各種鹽(例如,檸檬酸單鈉、檸檬酸二鈉、檸檬酸三鈉、檸檬酸單鉀、檸檬酸二鉀、檸檬酸三鉀、或其混合物)、碳酸的各種鹽(例如,Na2CO3、NaHCO3、K2CO3、KHCO3、或其混合物)。 According to the invention, any ionic compound can be used in the reactive mixture. Preferred ionic compounds are those used as ionic tonicity modifiers and ionic buffers used in ophthalmic solutions. Examples of preferred ionic tonicity modifiers include, but are not limited to, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, and combinations thereof. Examples of preferred ionic buffers include various salts of phosphoric acid (e.g. NaH 2 PO 4 , Na 2 HPO 4 , Na 3 PO 4 , KH 2 PO 4 , K 2 HPO 4 , K 3 PO 4 , or mixtures thereof), Various salts of boric acid (for example, sodium borate, potassium borate, or mixtures thereof), various salts of citric acid (for example, monosodium citrate, disodium citrate, trisodium citrate, monopotassium citrate, dipotassium citrate , Tripotassium citrate, or a mixture thereof), various salts of carbonic acid (for example, Na 2 CO 3 , NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , KHCO 3 , or a mixture thereof).

用於製備水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料的該水性反應性溶液可以藉由以下方式製備:將所希望量的含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物、所希望量的具有至少一種反應性官能團的親水性增強劑以及所希望量的其他組分(例如,離子緩衝劑、離子張力調節劑等)溶解在水(或水和少數量的水溶性有機溶劑的混合物)中以形成水溶液並且然後調節該水溶液的pH(如果需要)。 The aqueous reactive solution for preparing a water-soluble heat-crosslinkable polymer material can be prepared by: a desired amount of a polymer containing tetrahydroazine, and a desired amount of at least one kind of reactivity The functional group's hydrophilicity enhancer and the desired amount of other components (e.g., ion buffer, ion tension modifier, etc.) are dissolved in water (or a mixture of water and a small amount of a water-soluble organic solvent) to form an aqueous solution and then Adjust the pH of the aqueous solution (if necessary).

根據本發明,必須選擇該水性反應性溶液中的相對於含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物的親水性增強劑的濃度比以不使所得水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料為不溶於水的(即,在室溫下小於0.005g/100ml水的溶解度)並且以不消耗大於約99%、較佳的是約98%、更較佳的是約97%、甚至更較佳的是約96%的該含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物的四氫吖唉鎓基團。 According to the present invention, the concentration ratio of the hydrophilicity enhancer in the aqueous reactive solution with respect to the polymer containing tetrahydroazine must be selected so that the obtained water-soluble heat-crosslinkable polymer material is insoluble in water (I.e., a solubility of less than 0.005 g / 100 ml of water at room temperature) and without consuming more than about 99%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 97%, even more preferably about 96% of the tetrahydroazepine groups of the tetrahydroazepine polymer.

在較佳的實施方式中,該水性反應性溶液包含按重量計從0.01%至約10%(較佳的是按重量計從0.05%至約5%、更較佳的是按重量計從0.08%至約1%、甚至更較佳的是按重量計從0.1%至約0.4%)的含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物以及按重量計從約0.01%至約10%(較佳的是按重量計從0.02%至約5%、更較佳的是按重量計從0.05%至約2%、甚至更較佳的是按 重量計從0.08%至約1.0%)的具有至少一種反應性官能團(羧基、一級胺基、二級胺基)的親水性增強劑,該含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物與該親水性增強劑的濃度比係從約1000:1至1:1000(較佳的是從約500:1至約1:500、更較佳的是從約250:1至約1:250、甚至更較佳的是從約100:1至約1:100)。 In a preferred embodiment, the aqueous reactive solution comprises from 0.01% to about 10% by weight (preferably from 0.05% to about 5% by weight, more preferably from 0.08 by weight). % To about 1%, even more preferably from 0.1% to about 0.4% by weight) of a polymer containing tetrahydroazine and from about 0.01% to about 10% by weight (preferably (From 0.02% to about 5% by weight, more preferably from 0.05% to about 2% by weight, even more preferably from 0.08% to about 1.0% by weight) has at least one reactivity Functional group (carboxyl group, primary amine group, secondary amine group) hydrophilicity enhancer, the concentration ratio of the tetrahydroazineium-containing polymer to the hydrophilicity enhancer is from about 1000: 1 to 1: 1000 (compared with It is preferably from about 500: 1 to about 1: 500, more preferably from about 250: 1 to about 1: 250, and even more preferably from about 100: 1 to about 1: 100).

在較佳的實施方式中,該水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料包含(i)按重量計從約20%至約95%的衍生自聚醯胺胺-表氯醇或聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇的第一聚合物鏈,(ii)按重量計從約5%至約80%的衍生自至少一種親水性增強劑的親水性部分或第二聚合物鏈,該至少一種親水性增強劑具有選自下組的至少一個反應性官能團,該組由以下各項組成:一級胺基、二級胺基、羧基、硫醇基團、及其組合(較佳的是羧基),其中該等親水性部分或第二聚合物鏈藉由各自在該聚醯胺胺-表氯醇或該聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇的一個四氫吖唉鎓基團與該親水性增強劑的一個胺基、羧基或硫醇基團之間形成的一個或多個共價鍵而共價地附接至該等第一聚合物鏈,以及(iii)四氫吖唉鎓基團,其係該等第一聚合物鏈的部分或者是共價地附接到該等第一聚合物鏈上的側基或端基。該水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料的組成係由根據在以上方案I中示出的交聯反應用於此種聚合物的反應物混合物的組成(基於該等反應物的總重量)決定的。例如,如果基於反應物(排除溶劑)的總重量,反應物混合物包括按重量計約75%的聚醯胺胺-表氯醇和按重量計約25%的至少一種親水性增強劑,則所得化學改性的聚醯胺胺-表氯醇包括按重量計約75%的衍生自聚醯胺胺-表氯醇的第一聚合物鏈,以及按重量計約25%的衍生自所述至少一種親水性增強劑的親水部分或第二聚合物鏈。 In a preferred embodiment, the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable polymer material comprises (i) from about 20% to about 95% by weight derived from polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin or poly (2- A first polymer chain of oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin, (ii) from about 5% to about 80% by weight of a hydrophilic moiety derived from at least one hydrophilicity enhancer or a second A polymer chain having at least one reactive functional group selected from the group consisting of a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, and a combination thereof (Preferably a carboxyl group), wherein the hydrophilic portion or the second polymer chain is separated by each of the polyamine-epichlorohydrin or the poly (2- One or more covalent bonds formed between an oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin and a tetrahydroazinonium group and an amine, carboxyl or thiol group of the hydrophilicity enhancer And covalently attached to the first polymer chains, and (iii) a tetrahydroazinonium group, which is part of the first polymer chains or is covalently attached to the first polymer chains Pendant or end groups on the polymer chain. The composition of the water-soluble, heat-crosslinkable polymer material is determined by the composition (based on the total weight of the reactants) of the reactant mixture used for such polymers according to the crosslinking reaction shown in Scheme I above. of. For example, if the reactant mixture includes about 75% polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin and at least one hydrophilic enhancer by weight based on the total weight of the reactants (excluding solvents), the resulting chemistry The modified polyamidamine-epichlorohydrin includes about 75% by weight of a first polymer chain derived from polyamidamine-epichlorohydrin, and about 25% by weight of the first polymer chain. The hydrophilic portion of the hydrophilicity enhancer or the second polymer chain.

較佳的是,該加熱步驟係藉由對在該第二塗層水溶液中的該有色接觸鏡片先質在從約115℃至約125℃的溫度下持續大約20-90分鐘進行高壓滅菌來進行,該第二塗層水溶液係密封鏡片包裝中的包裝溶液(即,具有從6.7至7.6的pH的緩衝水溶液)。據信,在高壓滅菌期間,不參與交聯反應的那些四氫吖唉鎓基團可以被水解為2,3-二羥丙基(HO-CH2-CH(OH)-CH2-)基團並且存在於該鏡片包裝溶液中的含有四氫吖唉鎓的聚合物材料(如果適用的話)可以被轉化為能夠改進鏡片插入舒適性的非反應性聚合物潤濕劑。因此,在高壓滅菌之後該第二塗層水溶液係眼科安全的。 Preferably, the heating step is performed by autoclaving the colored contact lens precursor in the second coating aqueous solution at a temperature from about 115 ° C to about 125 ° C for about 20-90 minutes. The second coating aqueous solution is a packaging solution in a sealed lens package (ie, a buffered aqueous solution having a pH from 6.7 to 7.6). It is believed that those tetrahydroazinonium groups that are not involved in the crosslinking reaction can be hydrolyzed to 2,3-dihydroxypropyl (HO-CH 2 -CH (OH) -CH 2- ) groups during autoclaving Tetrahydroazineium-containing polymer materials that are present in the lens packaging solution (if applicable) can be converted into non-reactive polymer wetting agents that improve lens insertion comfort. Therefore, the second aqueous coating solution is ophthalmologically safe after autoclaving.

鏡片包裝(或容器)係熟習該項技術者熟知用於高壓滅菌並且儲存軟接觸鏡片的。任何鏡片包裝可用於本發明中。較佳的是,鏡片包裝係包含基底和覆蓋物的泡罩包裝,其中該覆蓋物可拆卸地密封至該基底上,其中該基底包括用於接收無菌包裝溶液和該接觸鏡片的腔體。 Lens packages (or containers) are well known to those skilled in the art for autoclaving and storing soft contact lenses. Any lens package can be used in the present invention. Preferably, the lens package is a blister package comprising a substrate and a cover, wherein the cover is removably sealed to the substrate, wherein the substrate includes a cavity for receiving a sterile packaging solution and the contact lens.

在分配給使用者之前將鏡片包裝在單獨的包裝中,密封並滅菌(例如,在約120℃或更高下在壓力下藉由高壓滅菌持續至少30分鐘)。熟習該項技術者應很好地理解如何將鏡片包裝密封和滅菌。 The lenses are packaged in a separate package, sealed and sterilized (for example, by autoclaving under pressure at about 120 ° C or higher for at least 30 minutes) before dispensing to the user. Those skilled in the art should have a good understanding of how to seal and sterilize lens packaging.

根據本發明,包裝溶液含有至少一種緩衝劑和一種或多種熟習該項技術者已知的其他成分。其他成分的實例包括但不限於張力劑、表面活性劑、抗菌劑、防腐劑和潤滑劑(例如纖維素衍生物、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮)。 According to the invention, the packaging solution contains at least one buffering agent and one or more other ingredients known to those skilled in the art. Examples of other ingredients include, but are not limited to, tonicity agents, surfactants, antibacterial agents, preservatives, and lubricants (e.g., cellulose derivatives, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone).

該包裝溶液含有足以保持該包裝溶液的pH在所希望的範圍內,例如較佳的是在約6.5至約7.5的生理上可接受範圍內的量的緩衝劑。可使用 任何已知的生理上相容性的緩衝劑。作為根據本發明的接觸鏡片護理組成物的一種成分的合適的緩衝劑係熟習該項技術者已知的。實例係硼酸、硼酸鹽(例如硼酸鈉)、檸檬酸、檸檬酸鹽(例如檸檬酸鉀)、碳酸氫鹽(例如碳酸氫鈉)、三(2-胺基-2-羥基甲基-1,3-丙二醇)、雙-三(雙-(2-羥基乙基)-亞胺基-三-(羥基甲基)-甲烷)、雙-胺基多元醇、三乙醇胺、ACES(N-(2-羥基乙基)-2-胺基乙烷磺酸)、BES(N,N-雙(2-羥基乙基)-2-胺基乙烷磺酸)、HEPES(4-(2-羥基乙基)-1-哌乙烷磺酸)、MES(2-(N-啉基)乙烷磺酸)、MOPS(3-[N-啉基]-丙烷磺酸)、PIPES(哌-N,N’-雙(2-乙烷磺酸)、TES(N-[三(羥基甲基)甲基]-2-胺基乙烷磺酸)、其鹽、磷酸鹽緩衝液(例如Na2HPO4、NaH2PO4、和KH2PO4)或其混合物。較佳的是,該等緩衝劑係磷酸鹽緩衝液、硼酸鹽緩衝液、或其組合。每一種緩衝劑在包裝溶液中的量較佳的是按重量計從0.001%至2%,較佳的是從0.01%至1%,最較佳的是從約0.05%至約0.30%。 The packaging solution contains a buffering agent in an amount sufficient to maintain the pH of the packaging solution within a desired range, for example, preferably within a physiologically acceptable range of about 6.5 to about 7.5. Any known physiologically compatible buffer can be used. Suitable buffers as an ingredient of a contact lens care composition according to the present invention are known to those skilled in the art. Examples are boric acid, borate (such as sodium borate), citric acid, citrate (such as potassium citrate), bicarbonate (such as sodium bicarbonate), tris (2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1, 3-propanediol), bis-tris (bis- (2-hydroxyethyl) -imino-tri- (hydroxymethyl) -methane), bis-amino polyol, triethanolamine, ACES (N- (2 -Hydroxyethyl) -2-aminoethanesulfonic acid), BES (N, N-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) -2-aminoethanesulfonic acid), HEPES (4- (2-hydroxyethyl Yl) -1-piperazine Ethane sulfonic acid), MES (2- (N- (Pinolinyl) ethanesulfonic acid), MOPS (3- [N- (Pinolinyl) -propanesulfonic acid), PIPES (piperazine -N, N'-bis (2-ethanesulfonic acid), TES (N- [tris (hydroxymethyl) methyl] -2-aminoethanesulfonic acid), salts thereof, phosphate buffers (e.g. Na 2 HPO 4 , NaH 2 PO 4 , and KH 2 PO 4 ) or mixtures thereof. Preferably, the buffers are a phosphate buffer, a borate buffer, or a combination thereof. The amount of each buffer in the packaging solution is preferably from 0.001% to 2% by weight, more preferably from 0.01% to 1%, and most preferably from about 0.05% to about 0.30%.

該包裝溶液具有從約200至約450毫滲透分子(mOsm)、較佳的是從約250至約350mOsm的張力。該包裝溶液的張力可藉由添加影響該張力的有機或無機物質進行調整。合適的眼睛可接受的張力劑包括但不限於氯化鈉、氯化鉀、甘油、丙二醇、多元醇、甘露糖醇、山梨糖醇、木糖醇及其混合物。 The packaging solution has a tension of from about 200 to about 450 milli-osmotic molecules (mOsm), preferably from about 250 to about 350 mOsm. The tension of the packaging solution can be adjusted by adding organic or inorganic substances that affect the tension. Suitable ocular acceptable tonicity agents include, but are not limited to, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyols, mannitol, sorbitol, xylitol, and mixtures thereof.

本發明的包裝溶液具有在25℃下從約1厘泊至約5厘泊的黏度。 The packaging solution of the present invention has a viscosity at 25 ° C from about 1 centipoise to about 5 centipoise.

在較佳的實施方式中,該包裝溶液包括按重量計較佳的是從約0.01%至約2%、更較佳的是從約0.05%至約1.5%、甚至更較佳的是從約0.1% 至約1%、最較佳的是從約0.2%至約0.5%的具有四氫吖唉鎓基團的水溶性可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料。 In a preferred embodiment, the packaging solution includes from about 0.01% to about 2%, more preferably from about 0.05% to about 1.5%, and even more preferably from about 0.1% by weight. % To about 1%, and most preferably from about 0.2% to about 0.5% of a water-soluble, heat-crosslinkable, hydrophilic polymer material having a tetrahydroazinonium group.

本發明的包裝溶液可以含有黏度增強聚合物。該黏度增強聚合物較佳的是非離子的。增加該溶液黏度提供了該鏡片上的膜,該膜可促進該接觸鏡片的舒適佩戴。該黏度增強組分還可以起作用以在插入期間緩和對眼睛表面的影響並且還用於緩解眼睛刺激。 The packaging solution of the present invention may contain a viscosity enhancing polymer. The viscosity enhancing polymer is preferably non-ionic. Increasing the viscosity of the solution provides a film on the lens that promotes comfortable wearing of the contact lens. The viscosity enhancing component may also function to mitigate the effects on the eye surface during insertion and also to relieve eye irritation.

較佳的黏度增強聚合物包括但不限於,水溶性纖維素醚(例如,甲基纖維素(MC)、乙基纖維素、羥甲基纖維素、羥乙基纖維素(HEC)、羥丙基纖維素(HPC)、羥丙基甲基纖維素(HPMC)、或其混合物)、水溶性聚乙烯醇(PVA)、具有大於約2000(高達10,000,000道耳頓)的分子量的高分子量聚(環氧乙烷)、具有從約30,000道耳頓至約1,000,000道耳頓的分子量的聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮和至少一種具有7-20個碳原子的(甲基)丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯的共聚物、以及其組合。水溶性纖維素醚以及乙烯基吡咯啶酮和二甲基胺基乙基甲基丙烯酸酯的共聚物係最較佳的黏度增強聚合物。N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮和二甲基胺基乙基甲基丙烯酸酯的共聚物係可商購的,例如,來自ISP的共聚物845和共聚物937。 Preferred viscosity enhancing polymers include, but are not limited to, water-soluble cellulose ethers (e.g., methyl cellulose (MC), ethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC), hydroxypropyl Cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), or mixtures thereof), water-soluble polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), high molecular weight poly (M) having a molecular weight greater than about 2000 (up to 10,000,000 Daltons) Ethylene oxide), polyvinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrrolidone having a molecular weight from about 30,000 to about 1,000,000 Daltons, and at least one (methyl ) Copolymers of dialkylaminoalkyl acrylates, and combinations thereof. Water-soluble cellulose ethers and copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate are the most preferred viscosity enhancing polymers. Copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethylmethacrylate are commercially available, for example, copolymer 845 and copolymer 937 from ISP.

該黏度增強聚合物係以基於該包裝溶液的總量按重量計從約0.01%至約5%、較佳的是按重量計從約0.05%至約3%、甚至更較佳的是按重量計從約0.1%至約1%的量存在於該包裝溶液中。 The viscosity enhancing polymer is from about 0.01% to about 5% by weight, preferably from about 0.05% to about 3% by weight, and even more preferably by weight based on the total amount of the packaging solution. An amount of from about 0.1% to about 1% is present in the packaging solution.

包裝溶液可以進一步包含具有約1200或更小、更較佳的是600或更小、最較佳的是從約100至約500道耳頓的分子量的聚乙二醇。 The packaging solution may further comprise a polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of about 1200 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and most preferably from about 100 to about 500 Daltons.

在該交聯塗層和該包裝溶液中的至少一種包含具有聚乙二醇段的聚合物材料,該包裝溶液較佳的是包含以足以具有降低的對該等聚乙二醇段的氧化降解的敏感性的量的α-側氧基-多酸或其鹽。共同擁有的共同未決的專利申請(US專利申請公開案號2004/0116564 A1,以其全文結合在此)揭露了側氧基-多酸或其鹽可以降低對含有PEG的聚合物材料的氧化降解的敏感性。 At least one of the cross-linked coating and the packaging solution contains a polymer material having a polyethylene glycol segment, and the packaging solution preferably contains a sufficient amount to have a reduced oxidative degradation of the polyethylene glycol segments. A sensitive amount of alpha- pendant oxygen-polyacid or a salt thereof. Co-owned, co-pending patent application (US Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0116564 A1, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) discloses that pendant-polyacids or their salts can reduce oxidative degradation of polymer materials containing PEG Of sensitivity.

示例性α-側氧基-多酸或其生物相容性鹽包括但不限於檸檬酸、2-酮戊二酸、或蘋果酸或其生物相容性(較佳的是眼科相容性)鹽。更較佳的是,α-側氧基-多酸係檸檬酸或蘋果酸或其生物相容性(較佳的是眼科相容性)鹽(例如,鈉、鉀、或類似物)。 Exemplary alpha-p-oxyl-polyacids or biocompatible salts thereof include, but are not limited to, citric acid, 2-ketoglutarate, or malic acid or biocompatibility (preferably ophthalmic compatibility) salt. More preferably, the α-side oxy-poly acid is citric acid or malic acid or a biocompatible (preferably ophthalmic compatible) salt thereof (for example, sodium, potassium, or the like).

根據本發明,該包裝溶液可進一步包括黏蛋白樣材料、眼科有益的材料和/或表面活性劑。 According to the present invention, the packaging solution may further include a mucin-like material, an ophthalmologically beneficial material, and / or a surfactant.

示例性黏蛋白樣材料包括但不限於聚乙醇酸、聚乳酸以及類似物。黏蛋白樣材料可用作客體材料,其可在延長的時間內持續且緩慢地釋放至眼睛的眼表面用於治療乾眼症。黏蛋白樣材料較佳的是以有效量存在。 Exemplary mucin-like materials include, but are not limited to, polyglycolic acid, polylactic acid, and the like. Mucin-like materials can be used as guest materials, which can be continuously and slowly released to the ocular surface of the eye for an extended period of time for the treatment of dry eye. Mucin-like materials are preferably present in an effective amount.

示例性眼科有益的材料包括但不限於2-吡咯啶酮-5-羧酸(PCA)、胺基酸(例如,牛磺酸、甘胺酸等)、α羥基酸(例如,乙醇酸、乳酸、蘋果酸、酒石酸、扁桃酸和檸檬酸及其鹽等)、亞油酸和γ亞油酸、和維生素(例如,B5、A、B6等)。 Exemplary ophthalmic beneficial materials include, but are not limited to, 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), amino acids (e.g., taurine, glycine, etc.), alpha hydroxy acids (e.g., glycolic acid, lactic acid , Malic acid, tartaric acid, mandelic acid and citric acid and their salts, etc.), linoleic acid and gamma linoleic acid, and vitamins (for example, B5, A, B6, etc.).

表面活性劑可以是幾乎任何眼睛可接受的表面活性劑,包括非離子的、陰離子的和兩性的表面活性劑。較佳的表面活性劑的實例包括但不限於泊洛沙姆(poloxamer)(例如,Pluronic® F108、F88、F68、F68LF、 F127、F87、F77、P85、P75、P104和P84)、聚胺(例如,Tetronic® 707、1107和1307)、脂肪酸的聚乙二醇酯(例如,Tween® 20、Tween® 80)、C12-C18烷烴的聚氧乙烯或聚氧丙烯醚(例如,Brij® 35)、聚氧乙烯硬脂酸酯(Myrj® 52)、聚氧乙烯丙二醇硬脂酸酯(Atlas® G 2612)和商品名為Mirataine®和Miranol®的兩性表面活性劑。 The surfactant can be almost any ocularly acceptable surfactant, including non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants. Examples of preferred surfactants include, but are not limited to, poloxamer (e.g., Pluronic® F108, F88, F68, F68LF, F127, F87, F77, P85, P75, P104 and P84), polyamines ( For example, Tetronic® 707, 1107, and 1307), polyethylene glycol esters of fatty acids (for example, Tween® 20, Tween® 80), polyoxyethylene or polyoxypropylene ethers of C 12 -C 18 alkanes (for example, Brij® 35), polyoxyethylene stearate (Myrj® 52), polyoxyethylene propylene glycol stearate (Atlas® G 2612), and amphoteric surfactants under the trade names Mirataine® and Miranol®.

據信,可以將存在於該包裝溶液中的黏度增強聚合物、聚乙二醇、黏蛋白樣材料、眼科有益的材料、以及表面活性劑包埋在該水凝膠塗層的聚合物基體中並且然後當佩戴時釋放到眼睛內。 It is believed that the viscosity-enhancing polymer, polyethylene glycol, mucin-like material, ophthalmic benefit material, and surfactant present in the packaging solution can be embedded in the polymer matrix of the hydrogel coating And then released into the eyes when worn.

根據本發明的較佳的實施方式,該有色接觸鏡片的彈性模量(ECHCA)在約±10%或更小(較佳的是約±8%、甚至更較佳的是約±6%)的裕度(被標記為△E%)內等於該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片的彈性模量(EPHCA)。根據以下等式計算裕度(△E%)。 According to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the elastic modulus (E CHCA ) of the colored contact lens is about ± 10% or less (preferably about ± 8%, even more preferably about ± 6%). ) Is equal to the elastic modulus (E PHCA ) of the preformed hydrogel contact lens. The margin (ΔE%) is calculated according to the following equation.

在另一方面,本發明提供了一種有色水凝膠接觸鏡片,該有色水凝膠接觸鏡片包含:在其上和/或在其中具有不透明色像的水凝膠鏡片本體;以及塗層,該塗層包封該水凝膠鏡片本體和該不透明色像,其中該塗層包含多陰離子聚合物的錨定層和水凝膠材料的層,其中該多陰離子聚合物係一種或多種丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、乙基丙烯酸、或2-(甲基)丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸的均聚物或共聚物,其中該水凝膠材料衍生自具有四氫吖唉鎓基團的水溶性可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料並且藉由各自在一個羧基與一個四氫吖唉鎓基團之間形成的鍵而共價地附接到該多陰離子聚合物的錨定 層上,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約2或更低(較佳的是約1.5或更低、更較佳的是約1.0或更低、甚至更較佳的是約0.5或更低)的摩擦等級。 In another aspect, the present invention provides a colored hydrogel contact lens comprising: a hydrogel lens body having an opaque color image thereon and / or therein; and a coating, the A coating encapsulates the hydrogel lens body and the opaque color image, wherein the coating comprises an anchor layer of a polyanionic polymer and a layer of a hydrogel material, wherein the polyanionic polymer is one or more acrylic, methyl Homopolymer or copolymer of methacrylic acid, ethacrylic acid, or 2- (meth) acrylamidoglycolic acid, wherein the hydrogel material is derived from a water-soluble, heat-crosslinkable compound having a tetrahydroazine group And a covalently attached hydrophilic polymer material and are covalently attached to the anchor layer of the polyanionic polymer by a bond each formed between a carboxyl group and a tetrahydroazine group. Colored contact lenses in a hydrated state have about 2 or less after 7 cycles of manual rubbing (preferably about 1.5 or less, more preferably about 1.0 or less, even more preferably about 0.5 or lower).

水凝膠鏡片本體具有有色接觸鏡片的三維形狀。根據本發明,在經受表面處理(在此以上描述的塗覆工)之後,在其上和/或在其中具有色像的預製水凝膠接觸鏡片變成水凝膠鏡片本體。 The hydrogel lens body has a three-dimensional shape of a colored contact lens. According to the present invention, after being subjected to a surface treatment (coater described hereinabove), the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens having a color image thereon and / or therein becomes a hydrogel lens body.

在較佳的實施方式中,該水凝膠鏡片本體係非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體。較佳的是,該非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體由聚合物組成,該聚合物具有按莫耳計至少50%的至少一種含有羥基的乙烯基單體的重複單元,該乙烯基單體較佳的是選自由以下各項組成之群組:(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥丁酯、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、羥丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙烯醇、烯丙醇、以及其組合。更較佳的是,該聚合物進一步包含至少一種含有醯胺的乙烯基單體的重複單元,該乙烯基單體較佳的是選自由以下各項組成之群組:(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮(NVP)、N-乙烯基甲醯胺、N-乙烯基乙醯胺、N-乙烯基異丙基醯胺、N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-甲基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、以及其組合。 In a preferred embodiment, the hydrogel lens is a non-silicone hydrogel lens body. Preferably, the non-silicone hydrogel lens body is composed of a polymer having at least 50% repeating units of at least one hydroxyl-containing vinyl monomer in terms of moles, and the vinyl monomer is preferred Is selected from the group consisting of: hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol (meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (Meth) acrylamide, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylamide, vinyl alcohol, allyl alcohol, and combinations thereof. More preferably, the polymer further includes at least one repeating unit of a vinylamine-containing vinyl monomer, and the vinyl monomer is preferably selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylic acid Amine, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinylformamide, N-vinylacetamide, N-vinyl isopropylamine N-vinylamine, N-vinyl-N-methylacetamide, N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrole Pyridone, 1-ethyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-methyl-5-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-ethyl-5-methylene-2- Pyrrolidone, 5-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 5-ethyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, and combinations thereof.

在另一個較佳的實施方式中,該水凝膠鏡片本體係聚乙烯醇基水凝膠接觸鏡片本體。 In another preferred embodiment, the hydrogel lens is a polyvinyl alcohol-based hydrogel in contact with the lens body.

在另一個較佳的實施方式中,該水凝膠鏡片本體係矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體。 In another preferred embodiment, the hydrogel lens is a silicone hydrogel lens body.

較佳的是,該水凝膠接觸鏡片本體包含聚合物基體、第一可浸出聚合物潤滑劑和第二可浸出聚合物潤滑劑,其中該等第一和第二可浸出聚合物潤滑劑不共價地附接到該聚合物基體上但是分佈在該聚合物基體內,其中該第二可浸出聚合物潤滑劑具有為該第一可浸出聚合物潤滑劑的平均分子量的至少約3倍的平均分子量。 Preferably, the hydrogel contact lens body comprises a polymer matrix, a first leachable polymer lubricant and a second leachable polymer lubricant, wherein the first and second leachable polymer lubricants are not Covalently attached to but distributed within the polymer matrix, wherein the second leachable polymer lubricant has at least about 3 times the average molecular weight of the first leachable polymer lubricant Average molecular weight.

根據本發明,該有色接觸鏡片具有在被完全水合時按重量計較佳的是從約15%至約80%、更較佳的是從約30%至約70%的水含量(在室溫,約22℃至28℃下),從約0.2MPa至約1.5MPa(較佳的是從約0.3MPa至約1.2MPa、更較佳的是從約0.4MPa至約1.0MPa)的彈性模量。 According to the present invention, the colored contact lens has a water content (at room temperature, preferably from about 15% to about 80%, more preferably from about 30% to about 70% by weight) when fully hydrated. At about 22 ° C to 28 ° C), and from about 0.2 MPa to about 1.5 MPa (preferably from about 0.3 MPa to about 1.2 MPa, more preferably from about 0.4 MPa to about 1.0 MPa).

在較佳的實施方式中,本發明的有色接觸鏡片的塗層具有至少0.1μm(較佳的是至少0.5μm、更較佳的是至少1.0μm、甚至更較佳的是從2.0μm至約15μm)的厚度。 In a preferred embodiment, the coating of the colored contact lens of the present invention has at least 0.1 μm (preferably at least 0.5 μm, more preferably at least 1.0 μm, even more preferably from 2.0 μm to about 15 μm).

該塗層的平均厚度可以從如熟習該項技術者眾所周知的本發明的有色水凝膠接觸鏡片的截面的AFM圖像確定的。熟習該項技術者非常熟知如何切割接觸鏡片。 The average thickness of the coating can be determined from an AFM image of a cross section of the colored hydrogel contact lens of the present invention as is well known to those skilled in the art. Those skilled in the art are very familiar with how to cut contact lenses.

將水溶性可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料的以上描述的所有各個實施方式結合在本發明的此方面中。 All the various embodiments of the water-soluble, heat-crosslinkable hydrophilic polymer material described above are incorporated in this aspect of the invention.

儘管已經使用特定的術語、設備和方法描述了本發明的各個實施方式,但此類描述僅用於說明目的。所使用的詞語係描述性而不是限制性的詞語。應當理解,可以由熟習該項技術者在不背離在以下申請專利範圍 中闡述的本發明的精神或範圍的情況下作出改變和變化。此外,應理解,各個實施方式的多個方面可以整體地或部分地互換或者可以按照任何方式組合和/或一起使用,如下文所說明的: Although various embodiments of the invention have been described using specific terms, devices, and methods, such descriptions are for illustrative purposes only. The words used are descriptive rather than restrictive. It should be understood that changes and variations can be made by those skilled in the art without departing from the spirit or scope of the invention as set forth in the scope of the following patent applications. In addition, it should be understood that aspects of the various embodiments may be interchanged in whole or in part or may be combined and / or used together in any manner, as explained below:

1.一種用於生產有色接觸鏡片之方法,該方法包括以下步驟:(1)獲得預製水凝膠接觸鏡片,該接觸鏡片具有水凝膠鏡片本體以及在該水凝膠鏡片本體的前表面和後表面之一上和/或中的用油墨印刷的色像,其中該油墨包含顏料顆粒以及視情況一種或多種染料;(2)使該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與在約4.0或更小的pH下並且在從約25℃至約80℃的塗覆溫度下的多陰離子聚合物的第一塗層水溶液接觸以獲得有色接觸鏡片先質,該先質係在其上具有該色像以及該多陰離子聚合物的層的該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片,其中該多陰離子聚合物係一種或多種丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、乙基丙烯酸、2-丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸、或2-甲基丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸的均聚物或共聚物,其中該多陰離子聚合物的層包封具有該色像的該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片;並且(3)將步驟(2)中獲得的該有色接觸鏡片先質在包含具有四氫吖唉鎓基團的水溶性且可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料的第二塗層水溶液中、在從約60℃至約140℃的溫度下加熱持續至少30分鐘以交聯該水溶性可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料和該多陰離子聚合物以便形成具有水凝膠塗層的該有色接觸鏡片,該水凝膠塗層共價地附接到該多陰離子聚合物的層上,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約2或更低的摩擦等級。 A method for producing a colored contact lens, the method comprising the following steps: (1) obtaining a prefabricated hydrogel contact lens, the contact lens having a hydrogel lens body and a front surface of the hydrogel lens body and A color image printed with an ink on and / or in one of the rear surfaces, wherein the ink contains pigment particles and optionally one or more dyes; (2) contacting the prefabricated hydrogel with a lens at about 4.0 or less The first coating aqueous solution of the polyanionic polymer at pH and at a coating temperature of from about 25 ° C to about 80 ° C is contacted to obtain a colored contact lens precursor having the color image thereon and the The prefabricated hydrogel contact lens of a layer of a polyanionic polymer, wherein the polyanionic polymer is one or more of acrylic, methacrylic, ethacrylic, 2-propenylaminoglycolic acid, or 2-methacrylic acid A homopolymer or copolymer of aminoglycolic acid, wherein the layer of the polyanionic polymer encapsulates the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens having the color image; and (3) the colored product obtained in step (2) Contact lens precursors include In a second aqueous coating solution of a water-soluble and heat-crosslinkable hydrophilic polymer material having a tetrahydroazinonium group, heating is performed at a temperature of from about 60 ° C to about 140 ° C for at least 30 minutes for crosslinking The water-soluble, heat-crosslinkable hydrophilic polymer material and the polyanionic polymer to form the colored contact lens with a hydrogel coating, the hydrogel coating being covalently attached to the polyanionic polymer Layer, wherein the colored contact lens in a fully hydrated state has a friction level of about 2 or less after 7 cycles of manual rubbing.

2.如發明1所述之方法,其中該第一塗層水溶液具有約3.5或更小的的pH。 2. The method according to invention 1, wherein the first coating aqueous solution has a pH of about 3.5 or less.

3.如發明1所述之方法,其中該第一塗層水溶液具有約3.0或更小的的pH。 3. The method of invention 1, wherein the first coating aqueous solution has a pH of about 3.0 or less.

4.如發明1所述之方法,其中該第一塗層水溶液具有從約0.5至約2.5的pH。 4. The method of invention 1, wherein the first coating aqueous solution has a pH from about 0.5 to about 2.5.

5.如發明1至4中任一項所述之方法,其中該塗覆溫度係從約30℃至約75℃。 5. The method according to any one of inventions 1 to 4, wherein the coating temperature is from about 30 ° C to about 75 ° C.

6.如發明1至4中任一項所述之方法,其中該塗覆溫度係從約35℃至約70℃。 6. The method according to any one of inventions 1 to 4, wherein the coating temperature is from about 35 ° C to about 70 ° C.

7.如發明1至4中任一項所述之方法,其中該塗覆溫度係從約40℃至約60℃。 7. The method according to any one of inventions 1 to 4, wherein the coating temperature is from about 40 ° C to about 60 ° C.

8.如發明1至7中任一項所述之方法,其中使該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與該第一塗層水溶液接觸持續至少一分鐘的接觸時間。 8. The method according to any one of inventions 1 to 7, wherein the preformed hydrogel contact lens is contacted with the first coating aqueous solution for a contact time of at least one minute.

9.如發明1至7中任一項所述之方法,其中使該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與該第一塗層水溶液接觸持續至少5分鐘的接觸時間。 9. The method according to any one of inventions 1 to 7, wherein the preformed hydrogel contact lens is contacted with the first coating aqueous solution for a contact time of at least 5 minutes.

10.如發明1至7中任一項所述之方法,其中使該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與該第一塗層水溶液接觸持續至少10分鐘的接觸時間。 10. The method according to any one of inventions 1 to 7, wherein the preformed hydrogel contact lens is contacted with the first coating aqueous solution for a contact time of at least 10 minutes.

11.如發明1至7中任一項所述之方法,其中使該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與該第一塗層水溶液接觸持續至少30分鐘的接觸時間。 11. The method according to any one of inventions 1 to 7, wherein the preformed hydrogel contact lens is contacted with the first coating aqueous solution for a contact time of at least 30 minutes.

12.如發明1至11中任一項所述之方法,其中藉由在密封的鏡片包裝中在從約115℃至約125℃的溫度下將浸沒在該第二塗層水溶液中的該有 色接觸鏡片先質高壓滅菌持續約30分鐘至約90分鐘進行該加熱步驟,其中該第二塗層水溶液係具有從6.7至7.6的pH的緩衝水溶液。 12. The method according to any one of inventions 1 to 11, wherein the colored material is immersed in the second coating aqueous solution at a temperature of from about 115 ° C to about 125 ° C in a sealed lens package. The contact lens precursor is autoclaved for about 30 minutes to about 90 minutes to perform the heating step, wherein the second coating aqueous solution is a buffered aqueous solution having a pH from 6.7 to 7.6.

13.如發明1至12中任一項所述之方法,其中該有色接觸鏡片的彈性模量在約±10%或更小的裕度內等於該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片的彈性模量。 13. The method of any one of inventions 1 to 12, wherein the elastic modulus of the colored contact lens is equal to the elastic modulus of the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens within a margin of about ± 10% or less.

14.如發明1至12中任一項所述之方法,其中該有色接觸鏡片的彈性模量在約±8%或更小的裕度內等於該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片的彈性模量。 14. The method of any one of Inventions 1 to 12, wherein the elastic modulus of the colored contact lens is equal to the elastic modulus of the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens within a margin of about ± 8% or less.

15.如發明1至12中任一項所述之方法,其中該有色接觸鏡片的彈性模量在約±6%或更小的裕度內等於該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片的彈性模量。 15. The method of any one of Inventions 1 to 12, wherein the elastic modulus of the colored contact lens is equal to the elastic modulus of the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens within a margin of about ± 6% or less.

16.一種有色接觸鏡片,包含:在其上和/或在其中具有不透明色像的水凝膠鏡片本體;以及塗層,該塗層包封該水凝膠鏡片本體和該不透明色像,其中該塗層包含多陰離子聚合物的錨定層和水凝膠材料的層,其中該多陰離子聚合物係一種或多種丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、乙基丙烯酸、2-丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸、或2-甲基丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸的均聚物或共聚物,其中該水凝膠材料衍生自具有四氫吖唉鎓基團的水溶性可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料並且藉由各自在一個羧基與一個四氫吖唉鎓基團之間形成的鍵而共價地附接到該多陰離子聚合物的錨定層上,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約2或更低的摩擦等級。 16. A colored contact lens comprising: a hydrogel lens body having an opaque color image thereon and / or therein; and a coating that encapsulates the hydrogel lens body and the opaque color image, wherein The coating comprises an anchor layer of a polyanionic polymer and a layer of a hydrogel material, wherein the polyanionic polymer is one or more of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, ethacrylic acid, 2-acrylamidoglycolic acid, or Homopolymer or copolymer of 2-methacrylamidoglycolic acid, wherein the hydrogel material is derived from a water-soluble, heat-crosslinkable, hydrophilic polymer material having a tetrahydroazinonium group and by Each of the bonds formed between a carboxyl group and a tetrahydroaziridinium group is covalently attached to the anchor layer of the polyanionic polymer, wherein the colored contact lens in a fully hydrated state has 7 A friction level of about 2 or less after cyclic manual friction.

17.如發明16所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1至15中任一項所述之方法,其中該水凝膠鏡片本體係非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體。 17. The colored contact lens according to invention 16 or the method according to any one of inventions 1 to 15, wherein the hydrogel lens is a non-silicone hydrogel lens body.

18.如發明17所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體由包含按莫耳計至少50%的至少一種含有羥基的乙烯基單體的重複單元的第一聚合物組成。 18. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 17, wherein the non-silicone hydrogel lens body is composed of a first polymer containing at least 50% by mole of repeating units of at least one hydroxyl-containing vinyl monomer composition.

19.如發明18所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述至少一種含有羥基的乙烯基單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-雙(羥乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2,3-二羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-三(羥甲基)甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙烯醇、烯丙醇、以及其組合。 19. The colored contact lens or method of invention 18, wherein the at least one hydroxyl-containing vinyl monomer is selected from the group consisting of: hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (Meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol (meth) acrylate, N-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-2-hydroxypropyl ( (Meth) acrylamide, N-3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N-2,3-dihydroxypropyl (Meth) acrylamide, N -tris (hydroxymethyl) methyl (meth) acrylamide, vinyl alcohol, allyl alcohol, and combinations thereof.

20.如發明19所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該第一聚合物進一步包含至少一種含有醯胺的乙烯基單體的重複單元。 20. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 19, wherein the first polymer further comprises repeating units of at least one vinyl monomer containing vinylamine.

21.如發明20所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述至少一種含有醯胺的乙烯基單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮(NVP)、N-乙烯基甲醯胺、N-乙烯基乙醯胺、N-乙烯基異丙基醯胺、N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-甲基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、以及其組合。 21. The colored contact lens or method of invention 20, wherein said at least one vinylamine-containing vinyl monomer is selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylamidonium, N, N-di Methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinylformamide, N-vinylacetamide, N-vinylisopropylamidine, N-ethylene -N-methylacetamide, N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-ethyl -3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-methyl-5-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-ethyl-5-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 5-methyl Methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 5-ethyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, and combinations thereof.

22.如發明17所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體由水溶性、光化可交聯的聚乙烯醇預聚物的交聯產物組成。 22. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 17, wherein the non-silicone hydrogel lens body is composed of a crosslinked product of a water-soluble, actinically crosslinkable polyvinyl alcohol prepolymer.

23.如發明22所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該水溶性、光化可交聯的聚乙烯醇預聚物包含: 按莫耳計至少60%的乙烯醇的重複單元(即,);按莫耳計從約1%至約25%的具有式(I)之重複單元;並且 23. The colored contact lens or method of invention 22, wherein the water-soluble, actinically crosslinkable polyvinyl alcohol prepolymer comprises: at least 60% repeat units of vinyl alcohol (ie, ); From about 1% to about 25% of repeat units with formula (I) in moles; and

其中:R3係氫或C1-C6烷基;R4係C1-C6伸烷基二價基;R5係氫或C1-C6烷基; R6的乙烯式不飽和基團,其中q1和q2彼此獨立地係零或1,並且R7和R8彼此獨立地係C2-C8伸烷基二價基,R9係C2-C8烯基。 Among them: R 3 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 4 is C 1 -C 6 alkylene divalent; R 5 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 6 is or Ethylenically unsaturated groups, wherein q1 and q2 are independently zero or 1 and R 7 and R 8 are independently C 2 -C 8 alkylene divalent groups, and R 9 is C 2 -C 8 Alkenyl.

24.如發明23所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中在式(I)中,R3係氫。 24. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 23, wherein in formula (I), R 3 is hydrogen.

25.如發明23或24所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中在式(I)中,R4係C1-C4伸烷基二價基。 25. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 23 or 24, wherein in formula (I), R 4 is a C 1 -C 4 alkylidene divalent group.

26.如發明23或24所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中在式(I)中,R4係亞甲基或亞丁基二價基。 26. The colored contact lens or method according to the invention 23 or 24, wherein in the formula (I), R 4 is a methylene or butylene divalent group.

27.如發明23或24所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中在式(I)中,R4係亞甲基二價基。 27. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 23 or 24, wherein in formula (I), R 4 is a methylene divalent group.

28.如發明23至27中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中在式(I)中,R5係氫或C1-C4烷基。 28. The colored contact lens or method according to any one of Inventions 23 to 27, wherein in formula (I), R 5 is hydrogen or a C 1 -C 4 alkyl group.

29.如發明23至27中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中在式(I)中,R5係氫或甲基或乙基。 29. The colored contact lens or method according to any one of Inventions 23 to 27, wherein in the formula (I), R 5 is hydrogen or methyl or ethyl.

30.如發明23至27中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中在式(I)中,R5係氫或甲基。 30. The colored contact lens or method according to any one of Inventions 23 to 27, wherein in formula (I), R 5 is hydrogen or methyl.

31.如發明23至30中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中在式(I)中,R4係亞甲基二價基,R5係氫或C1-C4烷基,R3係氫,並且R6基,其中q2係零R9係乙烯基(*-CH=CH2)或1-甲基乙烯基(*-C(CH3)=CH2)。 31. The colored contact lens or method according to any one of Inventions 23 to 30, wherein in the formula (I), R 4 is a methylene divalent group, R 5 is a hydrogen group or a C 1 -C 4 alkyl group , R 3 is hydrogen, and R 6 is Group, wherein R 9 q2 zero-based vinyl-based (* -CH = CH 2) or 1-methyl-vinyl (* -C (CH 3) = CH 2).

32.如發明23至31中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該聚乙烯醇預聚物具有至少2,000道耳頓的重量平均分子量,並且包含按莫耳計從約2%至約15%的具有式(I)之重複單元。 32. The colored contact lens or method of any one of Inventions 23 to 31, wherein the polyvinyl alcohol prepolymer has a weight average molecular weight of at least 2,000 Daltons and comprises from about 2% to About 15% have repeating units of formula (I).

33.如發明16所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1至15中任一項所述之方法,其中該水凝膠鏡片本體係矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體。 33. The colored contact lens according to the invention 16 or the method according to any one of the inventions 1 to 15, wherein the hydrogel lens is a system silicone hydrogel lens body.

34.如發明16至33中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-33中任一項所述之方法,其中該水凝膠鏡片本體包含聚合物基體和一種或多種可浸出聚合物潤滑劑,其中該等可浸出聚合物潤滑劑不共價地附接到該聚合物基體上但是分佈在該聚合物基體內。 34. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16 to 33 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-33, wherein the hydrogel lens body comprises a polymer matrix and one or A variety of leachable polymer lubricants, wherein the leachable polymer lubricants are not covalently attached to the polymer matrix but are distributed within the polymer matrix.

35.如發明34所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該等可浸出聚合物潤滑劑係選自下組的不可交聯的親水性聚合物,該組由以下各項組成: 聚乙烯醇(PVA);聚醯胺;聚醯亞胺;聚內酯;N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮的均聚物;N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮與一種或多種親水性乙烯基共聚單體的共聚物;(甲基)丙烯醯胺的均聚物;(甲基)丙烯醯胺與一種或多種親水性乙烯基單體的共聚物;N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺的均聚物;N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺與一種或多種親水性乙烯基單體的共聚物;C2-C3羥烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺的均聚物;C2-C3羥烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺與一種或多種親水性乙烯基單體的共聚物;含有磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體與一種或多種親水性乙烯基單體的共聚物;聚(環氧乙烷)(PEO);聚(2-乙基唑啉);肝素多糖;多糖;以及其混合物。 35. The colored contact lens or method of invention 34, wherein the leachable polymer lubricant is a non-crosslinkable hydrophilic polymer selected from the group consisting of: polyvinyl alcohol ( PVA); polyamides; polyimines; polylactones; homopolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone; copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and one or more hydrophilic vinyl comonomers; A homopolymer of (meth) acrylamide; a copolymer of (meth) acrylamide with one or more hydrophilic vinyl monomers; a homopolymer of N-vinyl-N-methylacetamide; Copolymers of N-vinyl-N-methylacetamide with one or more hydrophilic vinyl monomers; homopolymers of C 2 -C 3 hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylamide; C 2 -C Copolymers of 3 hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylamide and one or more hydrophilic vinyl monomers; copolymers of a vinyl monomer containing phosphinocholine and one or more hydrophilic vinyl monomers; poly (Ethylene oxide) (PEO); poly (2-ethyl Oxazoline); heparin polysaccharides; polysaccharides; and mixtures thereof.

36.如發明16-35中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-35中任一項所述之方法,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約1.5或更低的摩擦等級。 36. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-35 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-35, wherein the colored contact lens in a fully hydrated state has between seven A friction level of about 1.5 or less after cyclic manual friction.

37.如發明16-35中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-35中任一項所述之方法,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約1.0或更低的摩擦等級。 37. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-35 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-35, wherein the colored contact lens in a fully hydrated state has between seven A friction level of about 1.0 or less after cyclic manual friction.

38.如發明16-35中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-35中任一項所述之方法,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約0.5或更低的摩擦等級。 38. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-35 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-35, wherein the colored contact lens in a fully hydrated state has between seven A friction level of about 0.5 or less after cyclic manual friction.

39.如發明16-38中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-38中任一項所述之方法,其中該有色接觸鏡片具有在被完全水合時按重量計從約15%至約80%的水含量(在室溫,約22℃至28℃下)。 39. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-38 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-38, wherein the colored contact lens has a weight basis when fully hydrated Water content from about 15% to about 80% (at room temperature, at about 22 ° C to 28 ° C).

40.如發明16-38中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-38中任一項所述之方法,其中該有色接觸鏡片具有在被完全水合時按重量計從約30%至約70%的水含量(在室溫,約22℃至28℃下)。 40. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-38 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-38, wherein the colored contact lens has a weight basis when fully hydrated Water content from about 30% to about 70% (at room temperature, at about 22 ° C to 28 ° C).

41.如發明16-40中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-40中任一項所述之方法,其中該有色接觸鏡片具有在被完全水合時從約0.2MPa至約1.5MPa的彈性模量。 41. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-40 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-40, wherein the colored contact lens has from about 0.2 when fully hydrated Modulus of elasticity from MPa to about 1.5 MPa.

42.如發明16-40中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-40中任一項所述之方法,其中該有色接觸鏡片具有在被完全水合時從約0.3MPa至約1.2MPa的彈性模量。 42. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-40 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-40, wherein the colored contact lens has a range from about 0.3 when fully hydrated Modulus of elasticity from MPa to about 1.2 MPa.

43.如發明16-40中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-40中任一項所述之方法,其中該有色接觸鏡片具有在被完全水合時從約0.4MPa至約1.0MPa的彈性模量。 43. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-40 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-40, wherein the colored contact lens has a thickness from about 0.4 when fully hydrated Modulus of elasticity from MPa to about 1.0 MPa.

44.如發明16-43中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-43中任一項所述之方法,其中該塗層具有至少0.1μm的厚度。 44. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-43 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-43, wherein the coating has a thickness of at least 0.1 μm.

45.如發明16-43中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-43中任一項所述之方法,其中該塗層具有至少0.5μm的厚度。 45. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-43 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-43, wherein the coating has a thickness of at least 0.5 μm.

46.如發明16-43中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-43中任一項所述之方法,其中該塗層具有從約1.0μm至約15μm的厚度。 46. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-43 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-43, wherein the coating has a thickness from about 1.0 μm to about 15 μm .

47.如發明16-46中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-46中任一項所述之方法,其中該多陰離子聚合物係聚(丙烯酸)(PAA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸)(PMAA)、聚(丙烯酸-共-甲基丙烯酸)(pAA-pMAA)、聚(乙基丙烯酸)(PEAA)、聚(丙烯酸-共-乙基丙烯酸)(pAA-pEAA)、聚 (甲基丙烯酸-共-乙基丙烯酸)(pMAA-pEAA)、聚[2-丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸]、聚[2-甲基丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸]、或其組合。 47. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-46 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-46, wherein the polyanionic polymer is poly (acrylic acid) (PAA) , Poly (methacrylic acid) (PMAA), poly (acrylic acid-co-methacrylic acid) (pAA-pMAA), poly (ethyl acrylic acid) (PEAA), poly (acrylic acid-co-ethyl acrylic acid) (pAA- pEAA), poly (methacrylic acid-co-ethyl acrylic acid) (pMAA-pEAA), poly [2-acrylic acid aminoglycolic acid], poly [2-methacrylic acid aminoglycolic acid], or a combination thereof .

48.如發明16-46中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-46中任一項所述之方法,其中該多陰離子聚合物係聚(丙烯酸)(PAA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸)(PMAA)、聚(丙烯酸-共-甲基丙烯酸)(pAA-pMAA)、或其組合。 48. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-46 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-46, wherein the polyanionic polymer is poly (acrylic acid) (PAA) , Poly (methacrylic acid) (PMAA), poly (acrylic acid-co-methacrylic acid) (pAA-pMAA), or a combination thereof.

49.如發明47或48所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該多陰離子聚合物具有至少100,000道耳頓的重量平均分子量。 49. The colored contact lens or method of invention 47 or 48, wherein the polyanionic polymer has a weight average molecular weight of at least 100,000 Daltons.

50.如發明47或48所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該多陰離子聚合物具有從200,000至10,000,000道耳頓的重量平均分子量。 50. The colored contact lens or method of invention 47 or 48, wherein the polyanionic polymer has a weight average molecular weight from 200,000 to 10,000,000 Daltons.

51.如發明47或48所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該多陰離子聚合物具有從300,000至5,000,000道耳頓的重量平均分子量。 51. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 47 or 48, wherein the polyanionic polymer has a weight average molecular weight from 300,000 to 5,000,000 Daltons.

52.如發明47或48所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該多陰離子聚合物具有從400,000至3,000,000道耳頓的重量平均分子量。 52. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 47 or 48, wherein the polyanionic polymer has a weight average molecular weight from 400,000 to 3,000,000 Daltons.

53.如發明16-52中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-52中任一項所述之方法,其中該水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料包含(i)按重量計從約20%至約95%的衍生自聚醯胺胺-表氯醇或聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇的第一聚合物鏈,(ii)按重量計從約5%至約80%的親水性部分,各自衍生自至少一種具有至少一種反應性官能團的第一親水性增強劑,該反應性官能團選自由以下各項組成之群組:一級胺基、二級胺基、羧基、硫醇基團、以及其組合(較佳的是羧基),其中該等親水性部分藉由一個或多個各自在該聚醯胺胺-表 氯醇的一個四氫吖唉鎓基團與該第一親水性增強劑的一個胺基、羧基或硫醇基團之間形成的共價鍵而共價地附接到該等第一聚合物鏈上,以及(iii)四氫吖唉鎓基團,該等基團係該等第一聚合物鏈的一部分或者是被共價地附接到該等第一聚合物鏈上的側基或端基。 53. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-52 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-52, wherein the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable polymer material comprises ( i) from about 20% to about 95% by weight derived from polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin or poly (2- The first polymer chain of oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin, (ii) a hydrophilic moiety from about 5% to about 80% by weight, each derived from at least one having at least one reactive functional group The first hydrophilicity enhancer, the reactive functional group is selected from the group consisting of a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, and a combination thereof (preferably a carboxyl group), wherein The hydrophilic moieties are supported by one or more of a tetrahydroazinonium group of the polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin and an amine, carboxyl, or thiol group of the first hydrophilicity enhancer. Covalent bonds formed between them are covalently attached to the first polymer chains, and (iii) a tetrahydroazinonium group, which are part of the first polymer chains or Is a pendant or end group covalently attached to the first polymer chain.

54.如發明16-52中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或如發明1-15和17-52中任一項所述之方法,其中該水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料包含(i)按重量計從約20%至約95%的衍生自聚醯胺胺-表氯醇或聚(2-唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇的第一聚合物鏈,(ii)按重量計從約5%至約80%的第二聚合物鏈,各自衍生自至少一種具有至少一種反應性官能團的第二親水性增強劑,該反應性官能團選自由以下各項組成之群組:一級胺基、二級胺基、羧基、硫醇基團、以及其組合(較佳的是羧基),其中該等第二聚合物鏈藉由一個或多個各自在該聚醯胺胺-表氯醇的一個四氫吖唉鎓基團與該第二親水性增強劑的一個胺基、羧基或硫醇基團之間形成的共價鍵而共價地附接到該等第一聚合物鏈上,以及(iii)四氫吖唉鎓基團,該等基團係該等第一聚合物鏈的一部分或者是被共價地附接到該等第一聚合物鏈上的側基或端基。 54. The colored contact lens according to any one of inventions 16-52 or the method according to any one of inventions 1-15 and 17-52, wherein the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable polymer material comprises ( i) from about 20% to about 95% by weight derived from polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin or poly (2- The first polymer chain of oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin, (ii) from about 5% to about 80% by weight of the second polymer chain, each derived from at least one having at least one reaction A second hydrophilicity enhancer of a functional group, the reactive functional group is selected from the group consisting of a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, and a combination thereof (preferably a carboxyl group) Wherein the second polymer chains are supported by one or more tetrahydroazine groups each in the polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin and an amine group, carboxyl group or Covalent bonds formed between thiol groups and covalently attached to the first polymer chains, and (iii) a tetrahydroazinonium group, the groups being the first polymer Part of the chain is either a pendant or end group that is covalently attached to the first polymer chain.

55.如發明53所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該第一親水性增強劑係含有一級胺的單糖、含有二級胺的單糖、含有羧基的單糖、含有硫醇的單糖、含有一級胺的二糖、含有二級胺的二糖、含有羧基的二糖、含有硫醇的二糖、含有一級胺的寡糖、含有二級胺的寡糖、含有羧基的寡糖、含有硫醇的寡糖、或其組合。 55. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 53, wherein the first hydrophilicity enhancer is a monosaccharide containing a primary amine, a monosaccharide containing a secondary amine, a monosaccharide containing a carboxyl group, and a monosaccharide containing a thiol , Disaccharides containing primary amines, disaccharides containing secondary amines, disaccharides containing carboxyl groups, disaccharides containing thiols, oligosaccharides containing primary amines, oligosaccharides containing secondary amines, oligosaccharides containing carboxyl groups, A thiol-containing oligosaccharide, or a combination thereof.

56.如發明54所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該第二親水性增強劑係:具有一個唯一的胺基、羧基或硫醇基團的聚乙二醇;具有兩個末端胺基、羧基和/或硫醇基團的聚乙二醇;具有一個或多個胺基、羧基和/或硫醇基團的多臂聚乙二醇;具有一個或多個胺基、羧基和/或硫醇基團的聚乙二醇樹狀聚合物。 56. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 54, wherein the second hydrophilicity enhancer is: polyethylene glycol having a unique amine group, carboxyl group or thiol group; having two terminal amine groups, Polyethylene glycols having carboxyl and / or thiol groups; multi-arm polyethylene glycols having one or more amine, carboxyl, and / or thiol groups; having one or more amine, carboxyl, and / or Polyethylene glycol dendrimers with thiol groups.

57.如發明54所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該第二親水性增強劑係共聚物,該共聚物係一組成物的聚合產物,該組成物包含(1)按重量計約60%或更少的一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體以及(2)一種或多種非反應性親水性乙烯基單體。 57. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 54, wherein the second hydrophilicity-enhancing copolymer is a polymerization product of a composition comprising (1) about 60% by weight Or less one or more reactive vinyl monomers and (2) one or more non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomers.

58.如發明57所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體係具有羧基的乙烯基單體。 58. The colored contact lens or method of invention 57 wherein said one or more reactive vinyl monomer systems have a vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group.

59.如發明58所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:丙烯酸、C1-C4烷基丙烯酸(例如,甲基丙烯酸、乙基丙烯酸、丙基丙烯酸、丁基丙烯酸)、N-2-丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸、β甲基-丙烯酸(巴豆酸)、α-苯基丙烯酸、β-丙烯醯氧基丙酸、山梨酸、白芷酸、肉桂酸、1-羧基-4-苯基丁二烯-1,3,伊康酸、檸康酸、中康酸、戊烯二酸、烏頭酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、三羧基乙烯、以及其組合。 59. The invention group or colored contact lenses The method of claim 58, wherein the one or more reactive vinyl monomer is selected from the group consisting of: acrylic acid, C 1 -C 4 alkyl acrylate (e.g., methyl Acrylic acid, ethacrylic acid, propyl acrylic acid, butyl acrylic acid), N-2-acrylic acid aminoglycolic acid, β-methacrylic acid (crotonic acid), α-phenylacrylic acid, β-acrylic acid Acid, sorbic acid, behenic acid, cinnamic acid, 1-carboxy-4-phenylbutadiene-1,3, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, pentenedioic acid, aconic acid, maleic acid , Fumaric acid, tricarboxyethylene, and combinations thereof.

60.如發明58所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體係丙烯酸、甲基基丙烯酸、或其組合。 60. The colored contact lens or method of invention 58, wherein the one or more reactive vinyl monosystem acrylic, methacrylic, or a combination thereof.

61.如發明57所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體係具有一級或二級胺基的乙烯基單體。 61. The colored contact lens or method of invention 57 wherein said one or more reactive vinyl monomer systems have a primary or secondary amine-based vinyl monomer.

62.如發明61所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體係胺基-C2-C6烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、C1-C6烷基胺基-C2-C6烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、烯丙基胺、乙烯基胺、胺基-C2-C6烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、C1-C6烷基胺基-C2-C6烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、或其組合。 62. The colored contact lens or method of invention 61, wherein the one or more reactive vinyl monosystem amine-C 2 -C 6 alkyl (meth) acrylate, C 1 -C 6 alkane Aminoamino-C 2 -C 6 alkyl (meth) acrylate, allylamine, vinylamine, amino-C 2 -C 6 alkyl (meth) acrylamidonium, C 1 -C 6 Alkylamino-C 2 -C 6 alkyl (meth) acrylamidonium, or a combination thereof.

63.如發明57至62中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述一種或多種非反應性乙烯基單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮(NVP)、N-乙烯基甲醯胺、N-乙烯基乙醯胺、N-乙烯基異丙基醯胺、N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-雙(羥乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2,3-二羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-三(羥甲基)甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-甲基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥丙酯、具有高達1500道耳頓的重量平均分子量的C1-C4-烷氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、烯丙醇、乙烯醇、以及其組合。 63. The colored contact lens or method of any one of Inventions 57 to 62, wherein the one or more non-reactive vinyl monomers are selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylamide , N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinylformamide, N-vinylacetamide, N-vinylisopropyl Amidine, N-vinyl-N-methylacetamide, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylic acid Amine, glycerol (meth) acrylate, N-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-3-hydroxypropyl (methyl) Acrylamide, N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N-2,3-dihydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N -tris (hydroxymethyl) methyl (Meth) acrylamide, N-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-ethyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-methyl-5- Methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-ethyl-5-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 5-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 5-ethyl-3 -Methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxy (meth) acrylate Esters, having up to 1500 Daltons weight average molecular weight of C 1 -C 4 - alkoxy polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, allyl alcohol, vinyl alcohol, and combinations thereof.

64.如發明57至62中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述一種或多種非反應性乙烯基單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、含有磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體、N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥 乙酯、N-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、具有高達400道耳頓的重量平均分子量的C1-C4-烷氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙烯醇、以及其組合。 64. The colored contact lens or method of any one of Inventions 57 to 62, wherein the one or more non-reactive vinyl monomers are selected from the group consisting of acrylamide, N, N -Dimethacrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone, Phosphocholine-containing vinyl monomer, N-vinyl-N-methylacetamide, glycerol (meth) acrylate, (formaldehyde) yl) acrylate, N- hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, up to 400 Daltons having a weight average molecular weight of C 1 -C 4 - alkoxy polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate , Vinyl alcohol, and combinations thereof.

65.如發明57至62中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述一種或多種非反應性乙烯基單體係含有磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體。 65. The colored contact lens or method of any one of Inventions 57 to 62, wherein the one or more non-reactive vinyl monosystems contain a vinyl monomer of phosphatidylcholine.

66.如發明57至62中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中所述一種或多種非反應性乙烯基單體係甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基磷醯膽鹼。 66. The colored contact lens or method of any one of Inventions 57 to 62, wherein the one or more non-reactive vinyl monosystem methacryloxyethylphosphonium choline.

67.如發明57至66中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該組成物包含按重量計約50%或更少的所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體。 67. The colored contact lens or method of any one of Inventions 57 to 66, wherein the composition comprises about 50% or less of the one or more reactive vinyl monomers.

68.如發明57至66中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該組成物包含按重量計從約0.1%至約30%的所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體。 68. The colored contact lens or method of any one of Inventions 57 to 66, wherein the composition comprises from about 0.1% to about 30% by weight of the one or more reactive vinyl monomers.

69.如發明57至66中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該組成物包含按重量計從約0.5%至約20%的所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體。 69. The colored contact lens or method of any one of Inventions 57 to 66, wherein the composition comprises from about 0.5% to about 20% by weight of the one or more reactive vinyl monomers.

70.如發明57至66中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該組成物包含按重量計從約1%至約15%的所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體。 70. The colored contact lens or method of any one of Inventions 57 to 66, wherein the composition comprises from about 1% to about 15% by weight of the one or more reactive vinyl monomers.

71.如發明54所述之有色接觸鏡片或方法,其中該第二親水性增強劑係含有一級胺的多糖、含有二級胺的多糖、含有羧基的多糖、透明質酸、硫酸軟骨素、或其組合。 71. The colored contact lens or method according to invention 54, wherein the second hydrophilicity enhancer is a polysaccharide containing a primary amine, a polysaccharide containing a secondary amine, a polysaccharide containing a carboxyl group, hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, or Its combination.

上述揭露內容應使熟習該項技術者能夠實踐本發明。可以對在此描述的各個實施方式作出各種修改、變化和組合。為了使讀者能夠更好地 理解其具體實施方式及優點,建議參考以下實例。意圖是本說明書和實例被認為係示例性的。 The above disclosure should enable those skilled in the art to practice the invention. Various modifications, changes, and combinations can be made to the various embodiments described herein. In order to enable the reader to better understand its specific implementation and advantages, it is recommended to refer to the following examples. It is intended that the specification and examples be considered exemplary.

實例1Example 1

手動摩擦測試.Manual friction test.

將該等鏡片根據產品說明書用RENU®多功能鏡片護理溶液(或另一種多功能鏡片護理溶液或磷酸鹽緩衝鹽水)手動摩擦持續20秒並且放回到含有新鮮的鏡片護理溶液的鏡片罩中。將以上程序重複給定次數,例如從1至30次(即模擬清潔和浸泡循環的手動摩擦測試的重複數目)。如在本申請中使用的,術語“i個循環的手動摩擦”(例如,7個循環的手動摩擦)意思係i次(例如,7次)重複的以上用於模擬清潔和浸泡循環所描述的手動摩擦測試。 The lenses were manually rubbed with a RENU® multifunctional lens care solution (or another multifunctional lens care solution or phosphate buffered saline) for 20 seconds according to the product instruction manual and returned to the lens cover containing fresh lens care solution. The above procedure is repeated a given number of times, for example from 1 to 30 times (ie the number of iterations of a manual friction test simulating a cleaning and soaking cycle). As used in this application, the term "i-cycle manual friction" (e.g., 7-cycle manual friction) means i (e.g., 7) iterations described above for simulating cleaning and soaking cycles Manual friction test.

潤滑性評估.Evaluation of lubricity.

藉由使用手指感覺潤滑性測試來評估鏡片的潤滑性,該測試以從0至4的摩擦等級尺度定性地表徵鏡片表面的滑度。摩擦等級越高,滑度(或潤滑性)越低。 The lubricity of the lenses was evaluated by using a finger-feeling lubricity test, which qualitatively characterizes the smoothness of the lens surface on a scale of friction from 0 to 4. The higher the friction level, the lower the slip (or lubricity).

商業鏡片:DAILIES® TOTAL1®;ACUVUE® OASYSTM;ACUVUE® ADVANCE PLUSTM;DAILIES® Aqua Comfort Plus®;以及AIR OPTIX®分別被指定摩擦等級(下文指示為“FR”)為0、1、2、3、和4。將它們用作標準鏡片以用於確定測試下的鏡片的摩擦等級。 Commercial lenses: DAILIES® TOTAL1®; ACUVUE® OASYS TM ; ACUVUE® ADVANCE PLUS TM ; DAILIES® Aqua Comfort Plus®; and AIR OPTIX® have been assigned friction levels (indicated as “FR” below) of 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. They were used as standard lenses to determine the level of friction of the lenses under test.

將樣品放置於PBS中持續至少兩次各30分鐘的沖洗,並且然後轉移到新鮮PBS中,之後評估。在評估之前,將手用皂液沖洗,用去離子水廣泛地沖洗並且然後用KimWipe®毛巾乾燥。在手指之間處理該等樣品並 且相對於上述的以上標準鏡片對每一個樣品指定數值。例如,如果鏡片被確定為僅僅稍好於AIR OPTIXTM鏡片,那麼它們被指定數字3。摩擦等級的值係藉由由兩個或更多個人對接觸鏡片的至少兩個摩擦等級的結果取平均值和/或藉由由一個人對兩個或更多個接觸鏡片(來自相同批次的鏡片生產)的摩擦等級取平均值而獲得的值。 The samples were placed in PBS for at least two 30-minute rinses each, and then transferred to fresh PBS for evaluation afterwards. Prior to evaluation, hands were rinsed with soap, extensively with deionized water and then dried with a KimWipe® towel. The samples are processed between fingers and a value is assigned to each sample relative to the above standard lenses. For example, if the lenses are determined to be only slightly better than the AIR OPTIX lenses, they are assigned the number 3. The value of the friction rating is averaged by the results of at least two friction ratings of the contact lens by two or more individuals and / or by two or more contact lenses (from the same batch by one person) Lens production) The value obtained by averaging the friction levels.

接觸鏡片的手指潤滑性(即,摩擦等級)可以根據以上描述的程序確定:直接缺乏包裝(out-of-pack)(所謂的“OOP潤滑性”或“OOP摩擦等級”)但是在30min浸泡在PBS中)或者在i個循環(例如,7個循環)的手動摩擦之後(所謂的“AiCMR潤滑性”或“AiCMR摩擦等級”)。 The finger's lubricity (ie, friction level) of a contact lens can be determined according to the procedure described above: direct lack of out-of-pack (so-called "OOP lubricity" or "OOP friction level") but at 30 min immersion in PBS) or after manual rubbing for i cycles (eg, 7 cycles) (so-called "AiCMR lubricity" or "AiCMR friction grade").

表面潤濕性測試.Surface wettability test.

接觸鏡片上的水接觸角(WCA)係接觸鏡片的表面潤濕性的一般量度。特別地,低水接觸角對應於更可潤濕的表面。使用VCA 2500 XE接觸角測量設備(來自位於麻塞諸塞州波士頓的AST公司)測量接觸鏡片的平均接觸角(躺滴法)。這種設備能夠測量前進接觸角(θa)或後退接觸角(θr)或固著(靜態)接觸角。除非指明,否則水接觸角係固著(靜態)接觸角。該等測量係在完全水合的接觸鏡片上並且在如下吸乾之後立即進行。將接觸鏡片從小瓶中移出並且在約200ml新鮮的去離子水中洗滌3次以便從該鏡片表面去除鬆散結合的包裝添加劑。然後將該鏡片放置在一塊無絨清潔布(Alpha Wipe TX1009)的頂部上,充分地輕擦以去除表面水,安裝在該接觸角測量支座上,用一股乾空氣吹乾並且最終使用由製造廠商提供的軟體自動地測量躺滴接觸角。用於測量接觸角的去離子水具有>18MΩcm的電阻率並且所使用的液滴體積係2μl。典型地,未塗覆的矽酮水 凝膠鏡片(在高壓滅菌之後)具有約120度的躺滴接觸角。在與該接觸鏡片開始接觸之前,將鑷子和支座用異丙醇充分地洗滌並且用去離子水沖洗。 The water contact angle (WCA) on a contact lens is a general measure of the surface wettability of a contact lens. In particular, a low water contact angle corresponds to a more wettable surface. A VCA 2500 XE contact angle measuring device (from AST Corporation in Boston, Massachusetts) was used to measure the average contact angle of the contact lenses (lying drop method). This device is capable of measuring forward contact angle (θ a ) or backward contact angle (θ r ) or fixed (static) contact angle. Unless specified, water contact angles are fixed (static) contact angles. These measurements were performed on fully hydrated contact lenses and immediately after blotting as follows. The contact lens was removed from the vial and washed 3 times in approximately 200 ml of fresh deionized water to remove loosely bound packaging additives from the lens surface. The lens was then placed on top of a lint-free cleaning cloth (Alpha Wipe TX1009), wiped lightly to remove surface water, mounted on the contact angle measurement stand, blow dried with a stream of dry air, and finally used by The software provided by the manufacturer automatically measures the contact angle of the drop. The deionized water used to measure the contact angle has a resistivity of> 18 MΩcm and the droplet volume used is 2 μl. Typically, uncoated silicone hydrogel lenses (after autoclaving) have a lying drop contact angle of about 120 degrees. Before starting contact with the contact lens, the tweezers and holder were thoroughly washed with isopropyl alcohol and rinsed with deionized water.

水破裂時間(WBUT)測試.Water Burst Time (WBUT) test.

鏡片的表面親水性(在高壓滅菌之後)藉由根據由S.Bhamla,in Langmuir[在朗繆爾中],31,3820-3828,2015以及由S.Bhamla和coworkers,in Investigative Ophthalmology & Visual Science[在研究眼科學與視覺科學中],57,949-958,2016(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)描述的技術(iDDrOP)確定在接觸鏡片的表面上的水破裂時間和破裂速率來評估。為了開始此過程,將該鏡片放置在浸沒的支座上。在迫使該鏡片強制穿過PBS-空氣介面之後,懸吊式照相機(具有特殊照明和濾鏡)記錄液體介面開始在該鏡片上破裂的時間(水破裂時間,或WBUT)。此外,可以測量在破裂之後表面如何很好地繼續保持該液體(例如,等於在總面積上的濕面積的比率的從90%至80%的總液體覆蓋度)。總液體覆蓋度對比時間的圖可以用於藉由確定線的斜率來計算破裂速率。 The surface hydrophilicity of the lenses (after autoclaving) is determined by S. Bhamla, in Langmuir [31, 3820-3828, 2015] and by S. Bhamla and coworkers, in Investigative Ophthalmology & Visual Science [In the study of Ophthalmology and Vision Science], 57,949-958, 2016 (by incorporating by reference in its entirety herein) the technique described (iDDrOP) to determine the water break time and break rate on the surface of the contact lens. To begin the process, the lens is placed on an immersed mount. After forcing the lens through the PBS-air interface, a pendant camera (with special lighting and filters) records the time (water break time, or WBUT) when the liquid interface begins to break on the lens. In addition, it is possible to measure how well the surface continues to hold the liquid after rupture (for example, a total liquid coverage from 90% to 80% equal to the ratio of wet area over the total area). A plot of total liquid coverage versus time can be used to calculate the rupture rate by determining the slope of the line.

TBO攝取測試TBO uptake test

甲苯胺藍O(TBO)係帶正電的染料,其已經經常用於定量帶負電的聚合物的濃度。參見,例如,Hutter,J.,J.Soc.Cosmet.Chem.[化妝品化學會志], 42,87-96,1991;Roediger,S.,Anal.Chem.[分析化學],83,3379-3385,2011;以及Tiraferri,A.,Elimelech,M,J.Mem Sci[醫學科學雜誌], 389,499-508,2012(藉由引用以其全文結合在此)。 Toluidine blue O (TBO) is a positively charged dye that has been frequently used to quantify the concentration of negatively charged polymers. See, for example, Hutter, J., J. Soc. Cosmet. Chem. [Cosmetic Chemistry Association], 42, 87-96 , 1991; Roediger, S., Anal. Chem. [Analytical Chemistry] , 83 , 3379- 3385, 2011; and Tiraferri, A., Elimelech, M, J. Mem Sci [Journal of Medical Science], 389 , 499-508, 2012 (herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).

為了估計在該鏡片表面上的帶負電的基團的量,將鏡片放置在磷酸鹽緩衝溶液中的10ppm的甲苯胺藍(24-孔培養皿的2ml/孔)中並且培養 過夜。在去除該等鏡片之後,藉由測量在630nm處的染料的吸光度可以監測剩餘的TBO,從而估計每個鏡片的TBO攝取。每個鏡片的TBO攝取與在該鏡片表面上的帶負電的基團的濃度成比例。 To estimate the amount of negatively charged groups on the surface of the lens, the lens was placed in 10 ppm toluidine blue (2 ml / well in a 24-well dish) in a phosphate buffer solution and cultured overnight. After removing these lenses, the remaining TBO can be monitored by measuring the absorbance of the dye at 630 nm to estimate the TBO uptake of each lens. The TBO uptake of each lens is proportional to the concentration of negatively charged groups on the surface of the lens.

TBO染色測試TBO stain test

已知的是,隨著該染料在強帶負電的聚合物基體中緊密地變成堆疊在一起,當染料以強變化緊密地變成堆疊在一起時,該染料的顏色可以改變(從藍色至紅色)(Jebaramya,J.,Digest J.Nano.Biostructures[奈米生物結構消化雜誌],4,789-797,2009,藉由引用以其全文結合在此)。這允許有待觀察的塗層的存在和均勻性。 It is known that as the dye tightly becomes stacked together in a strongly negatively charged polymer matrix, the color of the dye can change (from blue to red) when the dye tightly becomes stacked together with a strong change. ) (Jebaramya, J., digest J.Nano.Biostructures [ magazine nano structure of biological digestion], 4, 789-797,2009, incorporated in its entirety by reference herein). This allows the presence and uniformity of the coating to be observed.

將鏡片放置在磷酸鹽緩衝溶液中的10ppm的甲苯胺藍(24-孔培養皿的2ml/孔)中並且培養過夜。然後,將該等鏡片從孔中去除並且檢查顏色變化。如果該染料的顏色從藍色變成紫色或紅色(即,紅移或色素變色(metachromism))),在鏡片表面上形成密實包裝的酸性IPC/錨層。應當理解,在TBO攝取測試中涉及的鏡片可以用於此測試中。 The lenses were placed in 10 ppm toluidine blue (2 ml / well in a 24-well petri dish) in a phosphate buffer solution and cultured overnight. These lenses were then removed from the hole and checked for color changes. If the color of the dye changes from blue to purple or red (ie, red shift or metachromism), a densely packed acidic IPC / anchor layer is formed on the lens surface. It should be understood that the lenses involved in the TBO uptake test can be used in this test.

此外,藉由觀察放大圖像,可以檢查印刷品質或顏色。 In addition, by observing the enlarged image, the print quality or color can be checked.

實例2Example 2

製備PAA水溶液.藉由將足夠量的PAA(Carpobol 907,Mw~450K道耳頓)添加在水(蒸餾水或去離子水)中以具有按重量計約0.1%的濃度來製備聚丙烯酸(PAA)的水溶液。在PAA完全溶解之後,藉由將~1.87%的甲酸添加至該PAA水溶液中將pH調節至約2。過濾該製備的PAA水溶液以去除任何微粒或異物。 Preparation of PAA aqueous solution. Polyacrylic acid (PAA) was prepared by adding a sufficient amount of PAA (Carpobol 907, Mw ~ 450K Daltons) to water (distilled or deionized water) to have a concentration of about 0.1% by weight. Water solution. After the PAA was completely dissolved, the pH was adjusted to about 2 by adding ~ 1.87% of formic acid to the aqueous PAA solution. The prepared PAA aqueous solution was filtered to remove any particles or foreign matter.

磷酸鹽緩衝鹽水(PBS)藉由以下方式製備磷酸鹽緩衝鹽水:將NaH2PO4.H2O、Na2HPO4.2H2O溶解於給定體積的純化水(蒸餾的或去離子的)中以具有以下組成:大約0.044w/w% NaH2PO4.H2O、大約0.388w/w/% Na2HPO4.2H2O、以及大約0.79w/w% NaCl。 Phosphate buffered saline (PBS) is prepared by the following methods: NaH 2 PO 4 . H 2 O, Na 2 HPO 4 . 2H 2 O is dissolved in a given volume of purified water (distilled or deionized) to have the following composition: approximately 0.044 w / w% NaH 2 PO 4 . H 2 O, about 0.388 w / w /% Na 2 HPO 4 . 2H 2 O, and approximately 0.79 w / w% NaCl.

使用相同的用於製備PBS的程序但是沒有添加NaCl還可以製備沒有NaCl的磷酸鹽緩衝液(PB)(PB,沒有NaCl)Using the same procedure for preparing PBS but without adding NaCl, phosphate buffered saline (PB) (PB, without NaCl) without NaCl can also be prepared.

IPC鹽水..聚(AAm-共-AA)(90/10)部分鈉鹽(約90%固體含量,聚(AAm-共-AA)90/10,Mw 200,000)係從波利塞斯公司(Polysciences,Inc.)購買的並且按接收的原樣使用。聚醯胺胺-表氯醇(PAE)(Kymene,不同固體含量的水溶液)購自亞什蘭公司(Ashland)並且按接收的原樣使用。IPC鹽水係藉由將約0.132% w/w的聚(AAm-共-AA)(90/10)和約0.11% w/w的PAE溶解於PBS(約0.044w/w% NaH2PO4.H2O、約0.388w/w/% Na2HPO4.2H2O、約0.79w/w% NaCl)中並且調節pH至7.2-7.4來製備。將製備的IPC鹽水在約65℃下預處理持續約6小時。在該熱預處理之後,將該IPC鹽水冷卻回到室溫。可以將最高達5ppm過氧化氫添加至最終的IPC鹽水中以防止生物負荷生長,並且將該IPC鹽水使用0.22微米膜濾器進行過濾。 IPC brine: poly (AAm-co-AA) (90/10) part of sodium salt (about 90% solids content, poly (AAm-co-AA) 90/10, Mw 200,000) was obtained from Polyses Corporation ( Polysciences, Inc.) and used as received. Polyamidamine-epichlorohydrin (PAE) (Kymene, an aqueous solution of different solids content) was purchased from Ashland and used as received. IPC saline was prepared by dissolving about 0.132% w / w poly (AAm-co-AA) (90/10) and about 0.11% w / w PAE in PBS (about 0.044 w / w% NaH 2 PO 4 . H 2 O, about 0.388 w / w /% Na 2 HPO 4. 2 H 2 O, about 0.79 w / w% NaCl) and adjusting the pH to 7.2-7.4. The prepared IPC brine was pretreated at about 65 ° C for about 6 hours. After the thermal pretreatment, the IPC brine was cooled back to room temperature. Up to 5 ppm hydrogen peroxide can be added to the final IPC brine to prevent bioburden growth, and the IPC brine is filtered using a 0.22 micron membrane filter.

實例3Example 3

FreshLook® ONE-DAY(FL1)接觸鏡片(其中每個在其上包含不透明色像)係來自Alcon®並且在實例中使用。將FL1鏡片從包裝中去除並且用純化水(蒸餾水或去離子水)沖洗並且浸漬在室溫下的實例2中製備的PAA溶液中持續5分鐘,接著是在純化水中2分鐘沖洗。然後將PAA塗覆的FL1鏡片放置在具有0.6mL的該IPC鹽水的聚丙烯泡罩中(即,鏡片包裝 外殼)(每個外殼一個鏡片)(在插入該鏡片之前添加一半該鹽水)。然後將該等泡罩用箔密封並且在約121℃下高壓滅菌持續約45分鐘,在FL1鏡片上形成透明水凝膠塗層。每個透明水凝膠塗層包封該FL1鏡片本體和該不透明色像。 FreshLook® ONE-DAY (FL1) contact lenses (each of which contains an opaque tint image) are from Alcon® and are used in the examples. The FL1 lens was removed from the package and rinsed with purified water (distilled or deionized water) and immersed in the PAA solution prepared in Example 2 at room temperature for 5 minutes, followed by rinsing in purified water for 2 minutes. PAA-coated FL1 lenses were then placed in a polypropylene blister (i.e., lens packaging housing) with 0.6 mL of the IPC saline (one lens per housing) (half of the saline was added before inserting the lens). The blister was then sealed with foil and autoclaved at about 121 ° C for about 45 minutes to form a transparent hydrogel coating on the FL1 lens. Each transparent hydrogel coating encapsulates the FL1 lens body and the opaque color image.

實例4Example 4

帶負電的基團的濃度Concentration of negatively charged groups

根據實例1中描述的TBO攝取測試確定在實例3中製備的鏡片上的帶負電的基團的濃度。作為對照,平行測試FL1鏡片(在其上沒有透明水凝膠塗層)。 The concentration of negatively charged groups on the lens prepared in Example 3 was determined according to the TBO uptake test described in Example 1. As a control, FL1 lenses were tested in parallel (without a transparent hydrogel coating thereon).

其中使該TBO溶液暴露於對照鏡片中,吸光度630nm發現係對於原始TBO溶液(10ppm TBO)在630nm處的吸光度的約87%。基於此結果,估計的是2.6g的TBO被結合到每個對照鏡片上。這被認為係由於TBO與該鏡片本體的非特定相互作用。 The TBO solution was exposed to a control lens, and the absorbance at 630 nm was found to be about 87% of the absorbance at 630 nm for the original TBO solution (10 ppm TBO). Based on this result, it is estimated that 2.6 g of TBO was incorporated into each control lens. This is thought to be due to the non-specific interaction of TBO with the lens body.

然而,當使該TBO溶液暴露於測試鏡片(實例3中製備的一種)中,吸光度630nm發現係對於原始TBO溶液(10ppm TBO)在630nm處的吸光度的約45%。基於此結果,估計的是11g的TBO被結合到每個測試鏡片上,指示了在該鏡片表面上的相對大量的帶負電的基團的存在(即,PAA基底塗層和IPC頂塗層的存在)。 However, when the TBO solution was exposed to a test lens (the one prepared in Example 3), the absorbance at 630 nm was found to be about 45% of the absorbance at 630 nm for the original TBO solution (10 ppm TBO). Based on this result, it is estimated that 11 g of TBO is bound to each test lens, indicating the presence of a relatively large number of negatively charged groups on the surface of the lens (i.e., the PAA base coating and the IPC top coating presence).

藉由檢測測試鏡片的放大圖像(10x),觀察到印刷品質或顏色似乎不受施加透明水凝膠塗層的過程影響。 By examining the magnified image (10x) of the test lens, it was observed that print quality or color did not appear to be affected by the process of applying a transparent hydrogel coating.

水破裂時間和速率Water break time and rate

圖1示出了對於對照鏡片(FreshLook® ONE-DAY)和被修改以在其上具有透明水凝膠塗層的FreshLook® ONE-DAY鏡片(即,在實例3中製備的測試接觸鏡片)作為時間的函數的總液體覆蓋度。生動地,這個實例示出了對照鏡片具有比測試鏡片較短的WBUT,並且對於測試鏡片水破裂速率(線的斜率)係更加漸變的。與對照鏡片的幾乎暫態破裂相比,該測試鏡片保持水要長得多。 Figure 1 shows the results for a control lens (FreshLook® ONE-DAY) and a FreshLook® ONE-DAY lens (i.e., a test contact lens prepared in Example 3) modified to have a transparent hydrogel coating thereon. Total liquid coverage as a function of time. Vividly, this example shows that the control lens has a shorter WBUT than the test lens, and the water break rate (slope of the line) is more gradual for the test lens. Compared to the almost transient rupture of the control lens, the test lens retained much longer water.

iDDrOP結果的統計分析示出於表1中。對於3個鏡片在測量3個斑點之後,該測試鏡片具有比對照鏡片大超過5倍的WBUT。此外,在初始破裂之後的測試鏡片保持水(從90%-80%的液體覆蓋範圍)的時間已經改進幾乎90倍。 A statistical analysis of the iDDrOP results is shown in Table 1. After measuring 3 spots for 3 lenses, the test lens has a WBUT that is more than 5 times larger than the control lens. In addition, the time that the test lenses retain water (from 90% -80% liquid coverage) after the initial break has been improved by almost 90 times.

N=3鏡片,每個3個斑點。 N = 3 lenses with 3 spots each.

水保持時間係在90%與80%總液體覆蓋度之間測量的時間。 Water retention time is measured between 90% and 80% of total liquid coverage.

缺乏包裝潤滑性Lack of packaging lubricity

對照鏡片(FreshLook® ONE-DAY)和被修改以在其上具有透明水凝膠塗層的FreshLook® ONE-DAY鏡片(即,在實例3中製備的測試接觸鏡片)的OOP潤滑性(即,OOP摩擦等級)係根據實例1中描述的程序來評估。發現,對照鏡片具有3的OOP摩擦等級,而該測試鏡片具有0的OOP摩擦等級。 OOP lubricity (i.e., FreshLook® ONE-DAY) of a control lens (FreshLook® ONE-DAY) and a FreshLook® ONE-DAY lens (ie, the test contact lens prepared in Example 3) modified to have a transparent hydrogel coating thereon OOP friction rating) was evaluated according to the procedure described in Example 1. It was found that the control lens had an OOP friction rating of 3 and the test lens had an OOP friction rating of 0.

Claims (22)

一種用於生產軟性接觸鏡片之方法,該方法包括以下步驟:(1)獲得預製水凝膠接觸鏡片,該接觸鏡片具有水凝膠鏡片本體以及在該水凝膠鏡片本體的前表面和後表面之一上和/或中的用油墨印刷的色像,其中該油墨包含顏料顆粒;(2)使該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與在約4.0或更小的pH下並且在從約25℃至約80℃的塗覆溫度下的多陰離子聚合物的第一塗層水溶液接觸以獲得有色接觸鏡片先質,該先質係在其上具有該多陰離子聚合物的層的該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片,其中該多陰離子聚合物係一種或多種丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、乙基丙烯酸、2-丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸、或2-甲基丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸的均聚物或共聚物,其中該多陰離子聚合物的層包封具有該色像的該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片;並且(3)將步驟(2)中獲得的該有色接觸鏡片先質在包含具有四氫吖唉鎓基團的水溶性且可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料的第二塗層水溶液中、在從約60℃至約140℃的溫度下加熱持續至少30分鐘以交聯該水溶性可熱交聯的親水性聚合物材料和該多陰離子聚合物以便形成該有色接觸鏡片,其中該有色接觸鏡片具有共價地附接到該多陰離子聚合物的層上的水凝膠塗層,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約2或更低的摩擦等級。     A method for producing a soft contact lens, the method includes the following steps: (1) obtaining a prefabricated hydrogel contact lens, the contact lens having a hydrogel lens body and a front surface and a rear surface of the hydrogel lens body A color image printed with and / or on one of the inks, wherein the ink contains pigment particles; (2) contacting the preformed hydrogel with a lens at a pH of about 4.0 or less and at a temperature of from about 25 ° C to A first coating aqueous solution of a polyanionic polymer at a coating temperature of about 80 ° C is contacted to obtain a colored contact lens precursor, the precursor being in contact with the prefabricated hydrogel having a layer of the polyanionic polymer thereon. Lenses, wherein the polyanionic polymer is one or more homopolymers or copolymers of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, ethacrylic acid, 2-acrylamidoglycolic acid, or 2-methacrylamidoglycolic acid, Wherein the layer of the polyanionic polymer encapsulates the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens having the color image; and (3) the colored contact lens precursor obtained in step (2) is contained in a layer containing a tetrahydroazine group Water-soluble and hot-swappable In the second coating aqueous solution of the hydrophilic polymer material, heated at a temperature from about 60 ° C to about 140 ° C for at least 30 minutes to cross-link the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable hydrophilic polymer material and the poly An anionic polymer to form the colored contact lens, wherein the colored contact lens has a hydrogel coating covalently attached to a layer of the polyanionic polymer, wherein the colored contact lens in a fully hydrated state has A friction level of about 2 or less after each cycle of manual friction.     如申請專利範圍第1項所述之方法,其中該水凝膠鏡片本體係非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體。     The method according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the hydrogel lens is a non-silicone hydrogel lens body.     如申請專利範圍第2項所述之方法,其中該非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體由包含按莫耳計至少50%的至少一種含有羥基的乙烯基單體的重複單元的聚合物組成。     The method according to item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the non-silicone hydrogel lens body is composed of a polymer containing at least 50% by mole of repeating units of at least one hydroxyl-containing vinyl monomer.     如申請專利範圍第3項所述之方法,其中所述至少一種含有羥基 的乙烯基單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-雙(羥乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2,3-二羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 N-三(羥甲基)甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙烯醇、烯丙醇、以及其組合。 The method of claim 3, wherein the at least one hydroxyl-containing vinyl monomer is selected from the group consisting of: hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (methyl Base) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol (meth) acrylate, N-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-2-hydroxypropyl (methyl Acrylamide, N-3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N-2,3-dihydroxypropyl (methyl Group) acrylamide, N -tris (hydroxymethyl) methyl (meth) acrylamide, vinyl alcohol, allyl alcohol, and combinations thereof. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述之方法,其中該非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體係藉由聚合包含水溶性、光化可交聯的聚乙烯醇預聚物的水性鏡片形成組成物獲得的,該預聚物包含:按莫耳計至少60%的乙烯醇的重複單元;按莫耳計從約1%至約25%的具有式(I)之重複單元;並且 其中:R 3可以是氫或C 1-C 6烷基;R 4係C 1-C 6伸烷基二價基;R 5係氫或C 1-C 6烷基; R 6的乙烯式不飽和基團,其中q1和q2彼此獨立地係零或1,並且R 7和R 8彼此獨立地係C 2-C 8伸烷基二價基,R 9係C 2-C 8烯基。 The method according to item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the non-silicone hydrogel lens is obtained by polymerizing an aqueous lens forming composition containing a water-soluble, actinically crosslinkable polyvinyl alcohol prepolymer, The prepolymer comprises: at least 60% repeat units of vinyl alcohol in moles; from about 1% to about 25% repeat units of formula (I) in moles; and Wherein: R 3 may be hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 4 is C 1 -C 6 alkylene divalent; R 5 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 6 is or Ethylenically unsaturated groups, wherein q1 and q2 are independently zero or 1 and R 7 and R 8 are independently C 2 -C 8 alkylene divalent groups, and R 9 is C 2 -C 8 Alkenyl. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之方法,其中該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片係矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體。     The method of claim 1, wherein the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens is a silicone hydrogel lens body.     如申請專利範圍第1至6項中任一項所述之方法,其中使該預製水凝膠接觸鏡片與該第一塗層水溶液接觸持續至少一分鐘的接觸時間。     The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the prefabricated hydrogel contact lens is contacted with the first coating aqueous solution for a contact time of at least one minute.     如申請專利範圍第7項所述之方法,其中該多陰離子聚合物係聚(丙烯酸)(PAA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸)(PMAA)、聚(丙烯酸-共-甲基丙烯酸)(pAA-pMAA)、聚(乙基丙烯酸)(PEAA)、聚(丙烯酸-共-乙基丙烯酸)(pAA-pEAA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸-共-乙基丙烯酸)(pMAA-pEAA)、聚[2-丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸]、聚[2-甲基丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸]、或其組合,其中該多陰離子聚合物具有至少100,000道耳頓的重量平均分子量。     The method according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polyanionic polymer is poly (acrylic acid) (PAA), poly (methacrylic acid) (PMAA), poly (acrylic acid-co-methacrylic acid) (pAA- pMAA), poly (ethylacrylic acid) (PEAA), poly (acrylic acid-co-ethylacrylic acid) (pAA-pEAA), poly (methacrylic acid-co-ethylacrylic acid) (pMAA-pEAA), poly [2 -Acrylamidoglycolic acid], poly [2-methacrylamidoglycolic acid], or a combination thereof, wherein the polyanionic polymer has a weight average molecular weight of at least 100,000 Daltons.     如申請專利範圍第8項所述之方法,其中該水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料包含(i)按重量計從約20%至約95%的衍生自聚醯胺胺-表氯醇或聚(2- 唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇的第一聚合物鏈,(ii)按重量計從約5%至約80%的親水性部分和/或第二聚合物鏈,其中該等親水性部分各自衍生自至少一種第一親水性增強劑,該第一親水性增強劑係含有一級胺的單糖、含有二級胺的單糖、含有羧基的單糖、含有硫醇的單糖、含有一級胺的二糖、含有二級胺的二糖、含有羧基的二糖、含有硫醇的二糖、含有一級胺的寡糖、含有二級胺的寡糖、含有羧基的寡糖、含有硫醇的寡糖、或其組合,其中該等親水性部分藉由各自在該聚醯胺胺-表氯醇的一個四氫吖唉鎓基團與該第一親水性增強劑的一個胺基、羧基或硫醇基團之間形成的一個或多個共價鍵而共價地附接至該等第一聚合物鏈上,其中該等第二聚合物鏈各自衍生自至少一種具有至少一種反應性官能團的親水性增強劑,該反應性官能團選自由以下各項組成之群組:一級胺基、二級胺基、羧基、硫醇基團、以及其組合,其中該等第二聚合物鏈藉由一個或多個各自在該聚醯胺胺-表氯醇的一個四氫吖唉鎓基團與該第二親水 性增強劑的一個胺基、羧基或硫醇基團之間形成的共價鍵而共價地附接到該等第一聚合物鏈上,以及(iii)四氫吖唉鎓基團,該等基團係該等第一聚合物鏈的一部分或者是被共價地附接到該等第一聚合物鏈上的側基或端基。 The method of claim 8 in which the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable polymer material comprises (i) from about 20% to about 95% by weight derived from polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin Or poly (2- A first polymer chain of oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin, (ii) from about 5% to about 80% by weight of a hydrophilic moiety and / or a second polymer chain, wherein The hydrophilic portions are each derived from at least one first hydrophilicity enhancer, which is a monosaccharide containing a primary amine, a monosaccharide containing a secondary amine, a monosaccharide containing a carboxyl group, and a monosaccharide containing a thiol , Disaccharides containing primary amines, disaccharides containing secondary amines, disaccharides containing carboxyl groups, disaccharides containing thiols, oligosaccharides containing primary amines, oligosaccharides containing secondary amines, oligosaccharides containing carboxyl groups, A thiol-containing oligosaccharide, or a combination thereof, wherein the hydrophilic moieties are each supported by a tetrahydroacridium group on the polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin and an amine of the first hydrophilicity enhancer Covalently attached to the first polymer chains by one or more covalent bonds formed between the amine, carboxyl, or thiol groups, wherein the second polymer chains are each derived from at least one Hydrophilicity enhancer of reactive functional group, the reactive functional group is selected from the group consisting of A primary amine group, a secondary amine group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, and combinations thereof, wherein the second polymer chains are supported by one or more tetrahydroazines each in the polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin A covalent bond formed between the sulfonium group and an amine, carboxyl, or thiol group of the second hydrophilic enhancer to be covalently attached to the first polymer chains, and (iii) Tetrahydroazinonium groups, which are part of the first polymer chains or are pendant or end groups covalently attached to the first polymer chains. 如申請專利範圍第9項所述之方法,其中該水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料包含按重量計從約5%至約80%的該等第二聚合物鏈,其中該第二親水性增強劑係:具有一個唯一的胺基、羧基或硫醇基團的聚乙二醇;具有兩個末端胺基、羧基和/或硫醇基團的聚乙二醇;具有一個或多個胺基、羧基和/或硫醇基團的多臂聚乙二醇;具有一個或多個胺基、羧基和/或硫醇基團的聚乙二醇樹狀聚合物;含有一級胺的多糖;含有二級胺的多糖;含有羧基的多糖;透明質酸;硫酸軟骨素;共聚物,該共聚物係一組成物的聚合產物,該組成物包含(1)按重量計約60%或更少的一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體以及(2)一種或多種非反應性親水性乙烯基單體,其中所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體係具有羧基、一級胺基、或二級胺基的乙烯基單體,其中所述一種或多種非反應性乙烯基單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:含有磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮(NVP)、N-乙烯基甲醯胺、N-乙烯基乙醯胺、N-乙烯基異丙基醯胺、N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-雙(羥乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2,3-二羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 N-三(羥甲基)甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-甲基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥丙酯、具有高達1500道耳頓的重量平均分子量的C 1-C 4-烷氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、烯丙醇、乙烯醇、以及其組合;或者其組合。 The method of claim 9 in which the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable polymer material comprises the second polymer chain from about 5% to about 80% by weight, wherein the second hydrophilic Sex enhancer system: polyethylene glycol with one unique amine, carboxyl or thiol group; polyethylene glycol with two terminal amine, carboxyl and / or thiol groups; one or more Multi-arm polyethylene glycols with amine, carboxyl, and / or thiol groups; polyethylene glycol dendrimers with one or more amine, carboxyl, and / or thiol groups; polysaccharides containing primary amines Polysaccharides containing secondary amines; polysaccharides containing carboxyl groups; hyaluronic acid; chondroitin sulfate; copolymers, the copolymers are polymerized products of a composition comprising (1) about 60% or more by weight Less one or more reactive vinyl monomers and (2) one or more non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomers, wherein the one or more reactive vinyl monomer systems have a carboxyl group, a primary amine group, or two Grade amine-based vinyl monomer, wherein the one or more non-reactive vinyl monomers A group consisting of: vinyl monomers containing phosphatidylcholine, (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinylformamide, N-vinylacetamide, N-vinylisopropylamide, N-vinyl-N-methylacetamide, (meth) acrylic acid N, N-dimethylaminoethyl, N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, glycerol (meth) acrylate, N-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamine Amine, N-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N-2,3-Dihydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N -tris (hydroxymethyl) methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrole Pyridone, 1-ethyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-methyl-5-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-ethyl-5-methylene-2- Pyrrolidone, 5-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 5-ethyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ( meth) acrylate having up to 1500 Daltons weight average molecular weight of C 1 -C 4 - alkoxy polyethylene Alcohol (meth) acrylate, allyl alcohol, vinyl alcohol, and combinations thereof; or combinations thereof. 如申請專利範圍第10項所述之方法,其中藉由在密封的鏡片包裝中在從約115℃至約125℃的溫度下將浸沒在該第二塗層水溶液中的該有色接觸鏡片先質高壓滅菌持續約30分鐘至約90分鐘進行該加熱步驟,其中該第二塗層水溶液係具有從6.7至7.6的pH的緩衝水溶液。     The method of claim 10, wherein the colored contact lens precursor is immersed in the second coating aqueous solution at a temperature of from about 115 ° C to about 125 ° C in a sealed lens package. The heating step is performed by autoclaving for about 30 minutes to about 90 minutes, wherein the second coating aqueous solution is a buffered aqueous solution having a pH from 6.7 to 7.6.     一種有色接觸鏡片,該有色接觸鏡片包含:在其上和/或在其中具有不透明色像的水凝膠鏡片本體;以及塗層,該塗層包封該水凝膠鏡片本體和該不透明色像,其中該塗層包含多陰離子聚合物的錨定層和水凝膠材料的層,其中該多陰離子聚合物係一種或多種丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、乙基丙烯酸、2-丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸、或2-甲基丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸的均聚物或共聚物,其中該水凝膠材料衍生自具有四氫吖唉鎓基團的親水性聚合物材料並且藉由各自在一個羧基與一個四氫吖唉鎓基團之間形成的鍵而共價地附接到該多陰離子聚合物的錨定層上,其中該以完全水合狀態的有色接觸鏡片具有在7個循環的手動摩擦之後的約2或更低的摩擦等級。     A colored contact lens comprising: a hydrogel lens body having an opaque color image thereon and / or therein; and a coating that encapsulates the hydrogel lens body and the opaque color image Wherein the coating comprises an anchor layer of a polyanionic polymer and a layer of a hydrogel material, wherein the polyanionic polymer is one or more of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, ethacrylic acid, and 2-acrylamidoglycolic acid , Or a homopolymer or copolymer of 2-methacrylamidoglycolic acid, wherein the hydrogel material is derived from a hydrophilic polymer material having a tetrahydroazinonium group and is A bond formed between a tetrahydroazine group is covalently attached to the anchor layer of the polyanionic polymer, wherein the colored contact lens in a fully hydrated state has after 7 cycles of manual friction A friction level of about 2 or lower.     如申請專利範圍第12項所述之有色接觸鏡片,其中該水凝膠鏡片本體係非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體。     The colored contact lens according to item 12 of the patent application scope, wherein the hydrogel lens is a non-silicone hydrogel lens body.     如申請專利範圍第13項所述之有色接觸鏡片,其中該非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體由包含按莫耳計至少50%的至少一種含有羥基的乙烯基單體的重複單元的聚合物組成。     The colored contact lens according to item 13 of the patent application scope, wherein the non-silicone hydrogel lens body is composed of a polymer including at least 50% by mole of repeating units of at least one hydroxyl-containing vinyl monomer.     如申請專利範圍第14項所述之有色接觸鏡片,其中所述至少一種含有羥基的乙烯基單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-雙(羥乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2,3-二羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 N-三(羥甲基)甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙烯醇、烯丙醇、以及其組合。 The colored contact lens according to item 14 of the scope of patent application, wherein the at least one hydroxyl-containing vinyl monomer is selected from the group consisting of: hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (Meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol (meth) acrylate, N-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-2-hydroxypropyl ( (Meth) acrylamide, N-3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N-2,3-dihydroxypropyl (Meth) acrylamide, N -tris (hydroxymethyl) methyl (meth) acrylamide, vinyl alcohol, allyl alcohol, and combinations thereof. 如申請專利範圍第13項所述之有色接觸鏡片,其中該非矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體由非矽酮水凝膠材料組成,該非矽酮水凝膠材料係水溶性、光化可交聯的聚乙烯醇預聚物的交聯產物,該預聚物包含:按莫耳計至少60%的乙烯醇的重複單元;具有式(I)之重複單元;並且 其中:R 3可以是氫或C 1-C 6烷基;R 4係C 1-C 6伸烷基二價基;R 5係氫或C 1-C 6烷基; R 6的乙烯式不飽和基團,其中q1和q2彼此獨立地係零或1,並且R 7和R 8彼此獨立地係C 2-C 8伸烷基二價基,R 9係C 2-C 8烯基。 The colored contact lens according to item 13 of the application, wherein the non-silicone hydrogel lens body is composed of a non-silicone hydrogel material, and the non-silicone hydrogel material is a water-soluble, photochemically crosslinkable A crosslinked product of a polyvinyl alcohol prepolymer, the prepolymer comprising: at least 60% by mole of repeating units of vinyl alcohol; having repeating units of formula (I); and Wherein: R 3 may be hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 4 is C 1 -C 6 alkylene divalent; R 5 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 6 is or Ethylenically unsaturated groups, wherein q1 and q2 are independently zero or 1 and R 7 and R 8 are independently C 2 -C 8 alkylene divalent groups, and R 9 is C 2 -C 8 Alkenyl. 如申請專利範圍第12項所述之有色接觸鏡片,其中該水凝膠鏡片本體係矽酮水凝膠鏡片本體。     The colored contact lens according to item 12 of the patent application scope, wherein the hydrogel lens is a silicone hydrogel lens body.     如申請專利範圍第12至17項中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片,其中該多陰離子聚合物係聚(丙烯酸)(PAA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸)(PMAA)、聚(丙烯酸-共-甲基丙烯酸)(pAA-pMAA)、聚(乙基丙烯酸)(PEAA)、聚(丙烯酸-共-乙基丙烯酸)(pAA-pEAA)、聚(甲基丙烯酸-共-乙基丙烯酸)(pMAA-pEAA)、聚[2-丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸]、聚[2-甲基丙烯醯胺基乙醇酸]、或其組合。     The colored contact lens according to any one of claims 12 to 17, wherein the polyanionic polymer is poly (acrylic acid) (PAA), poly (methacrylic acid) (PMAA), poly (acrylic-co- -Methacrylic acid) (pAA-pMAA), poly (ethylacrylic acid) (PEAA), poly (acrylic acid-co-ethylacrylic acid) (pAA-pEAA), poly (methacrylic acid-co-ethylacrylic acid) ( pMAA-pEAA), poly [2-acrylamidoglycolic acid], poly [2-methacrylamidoglycolic acid], or a combination thereof.     如申請專利範圍第12至17項中任一項所述之有色接觸鏡片,其中該水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料包含(i)按重量計從約20%至約95%的衍生自聚醯胺胺-表氯醇或聚(2- 唑啉-共-乙烯亞胺)-表氯醇的第一聚合物鏈,(ii)按重量計從約5%至約80%的親水性部分和/或第二聚合物鏈,其中該等親水性部分各自衍生自至少一種第一親水性增強劑,該第一親水性增強劑係含有一級胺的單糖、含有二級胺的單糖、含有羧基的單糖、含有硫醇的單糖、含有一級胺的二糖、含有二級胺的二糖、含有羧基的二糖、含有硫醇的二糖、含有一級胺的寡糖、含有二級胺的寡糖、含有羧基的寡糖、含有硫醇的寡糖、或其組合,其中該等親水性部分藉由各自在該聚醯胺胺-表氯醇的一個四氫吖唉鎓基團與該第一親水性增強劑的一個胺基、羧基或硫醇基團之間形成的一個或多個共價鍵而共價地附接至該等第一聚合物鏈上, 其中該等第二聚合物鏈各自衍生自至少一種具有至少一種反應性官能團的親水性增強劑,該反應性官能團選自由以下各項組成之群組:一級胺基、二級胺基、羧基、硫醇基團、以及其組合,其中該等第二聚合物鏈藉由一個或多個各自在該聚醯胺胺-表氯醇的一個四氫吖唉鎓基團與該第二親水性增強劑的一個胺基、羧基或硫醇基團之間形成的共價鍵而共價地附接到該等第一聚合物鏈上,以及(iii)四氫吖唉鎓基團,該等基團係該等第一聚合物鏈的一部分或者是被共價地附接到該等第一聚合物鏈上的側基或端基。 The colored contact lens according to any one of claims 12 to 17, wherein the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable polymer material comprises (i) from about 20% to about 95% by weight derived from Polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin or poly (2- A first polymer chain of oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine) -epichlorohydrin, (ii) from about 5% to about 80% by weight of a hydrophilic moiety and / or a second polymer chain, wherein The hydrophilic portions are each derived from at least one first hydrophilicity enhancer, which is a monosaccharide containing a primary amine, a monosaccharide containing a secondary amine, a monosaccharide containing a carboxyl group, and a monosaccharide containing a thiol , Disaccharides containing primary amines, disaccharides containing secondary amines, disaccharides containing carboxyl groups, disaccharides containing thiols, oligosaccharides containing primary amines, oligosaccharides containing secondary amines, oligosaccharides containing carboxyl groups, A thiol-containing oligosaccharide, or a combination thereof, wherein the hydrophilic moieties are each supported by a tetrahydroacridium group on the polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin and an amine of the first hydrophilicity enhancer Covalently attached to the first polymer chains by one or more covalent bonds formed between the amine, carboxyl, or thiol groups, wherein the second polymer chains are each derived from at least one Hydrophilicity enhancer of reactive functional group, the reactive functional group is selected from the group consisting of : A primary amine group, a secondary amine group, a carboxyl group, a thiol group, and combinations thereof, wherein the second polymer chains are supported by one or more tetrahydrogens each in the polyamidoamine-epichlorohydrin A covalent bond formed between an azenium group and an amine, carboxyl, or thiol group of the second hydrophilic enhancer to be covalently attached to the first polymer chains, and (iii ) Tetrahydroazinonium groups, which are part of the first polymer chains or are pendant or end groups covalently attached to the first polymer chains. 如申請專利範圍第19項所述之有色接觸鏡片,其中該水溶性可熱交聯的聚合物材料包含按重量計從約5%至約80%的該等第二聚合物鏈,其中該第二親水性增強劑係:具有一個唯一的胺基、羧基或硫醇基團的聚乙二醇;具有兩個末端胺基、羧基和/或硫醇基團的聚乙二醇;具有一個或多個胺基、羧基和/或硫醇基團的多臂聚乙二醇;具有一個或多個胺基、羧基和/或硫醇基團的聚乙二醇樹狀聚合物;含有一級胺的多糖;含有二級胺的多糖;含有羧基的多糖;透明質酸;硫酸軟骨素;共聚物,該共聚物係一組成物的聚合產物,該組成物包含(1)按重量計約60%或更少的一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體以及(2)一種或多種非反應性親水性乙烯基單體,其中所述一種或多種反應性乙烯基單體係具有羧基、一級胺基、或二級胺基的乙烯基單體,其中所述一種或多種非反應性乙烯基 單體選自由以下各項組成之群組:含有磷醯膽鹼的乙烯基單體、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮(NVP)、N-乙烯基甲醯胺、N-乙烯基乙醯胺、N-乙烯基異丙基醯胺、N-乙烯基-N-甲基乙醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-3-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-雙(羥乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-2,3-二羥丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 N-三(羥甲基)甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-甲基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1-乙基-5-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-甲基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、5-乙基-3-亞甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥丙酯、具有高達1500道耳頓的重量平均分子量的C 1-C 4-烷氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、烯丙醇、乙烯醇、以及其組合;或者其組合。 The colored contact lens according to item 19 of the scope of patent application, wherein the water-soluble heat-crosslinkable polymer material comprises from about 5% to about 80% by weight of the second polymer chain, wherein the first Two hydrophilic enhancers: polyethylene glycol with a single amine, carboxyl or thiol group; polyethylene glycol with two terminal amine, carboxyl and / or thiol groups; one or Multi-arm polyethylene glycol with multiple amine, carboxyl, and / or thiol groups; polyethylene glycol dendrimers with one or more amine, carboxyl, and / or thiol groups; containing primary amines Polysaccharides containing secondary amines; polysaccharides containing carboxyl groups; hyaluronic acid; chondroitin sulfate; copolymers, which are polymerized products of a composition containing (1) about 60% by weight Or less one or more reactive vinyl monomers and (2) one or more non-reactive hydrophilic vinyl monomers, wherein the one or more reactive vinyl monomer systems have a carboxyl group, a primary amine group, Or secondary amine-based vinyl monomer, wherein the one or more non-reactive ethyl monomers The alkenyl monomer is selected from the group consisting of a vinyl monomer containing phosphinocholine, (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N- Vinylpyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinylformamide, N-vinylacetamide, N-vinylisopropylamide, N-vinyl-N-methylacetamide, (formamidine Group) N, N-dimethylaminoethyl acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, glycerol (meth) acrylate, N-2-hydroxyethyl ( (Meth) acrylamide, N-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) (methyl) Acrylamide, N-2,3-dihydroxypropyl (meth) acrylamide, N -tris (hydroxymethyl) methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl-3-methylene Methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1-ethyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-methyl-5-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 1-ethyl-5-methylene Methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 5-methyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, 5-ethyl-3-methylene-2-pyrrolidone, (meth) acrylic acid 2- hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate having up to 1500 Daltons weight average molecular weight of C 1 -C 4 - alkoxy Polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, allyl alcohol, vinyl alcohol, and combinations thereof; or combinations thereof. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述之有色接觸鏡片,其中該有色接觸鏡片具有在被完全水合時在室溫(約22℃至28℃)下按重量計從約15%至約80%的水含量和/或從約0.2MPa至約1.5MPa的彈性模量。     The colored contact lens according to item 20 of the patent application scope, wherein the colored contact lens has water from about 15% to about 80% by weight at room temperature (about 22 ° C to 28 ° C) when fully hydrated. Content and / or elastic modulus from about 0.2 MPa to about 1.5 MPa.     如申請專利範圍第21項所述之有色接觸鏡片,其中該塗層具有至少0.1μm的厚度。     The colored contact lens according to item 21 of the patent application scope, wherein the coating has a thickness of at least 0.1 μm.    
TW106132023A 2016-09-20 2017-09-19 Colored hydrogel contact lenses with lubricious coating thereon TWI666273B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662396844P 2016-09-20 2016-09-20
US62/396,844 2016-09-20

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201816002A true TW201816002A (en) 2018-05-01
TWI666273B TWI666273B (en) 2019-07-21

Family

ID=60084015

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106132023A TWI666273B (en) 2016-09-20 2017-09-19 Colored hydrogel contact lenses with lubricious coating thereon
TW108122930A TWI751425B (en) 2016-09-20 2017-09-19 Colored hydrogel contact lenses with lubricious coating thereon

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108122930A TWI751425B (en) 2016-09-20 2017-09-19 Colored hydrogel contact lenses with lubricious coating thereon

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (1) US10589479B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3516429B1 (en)
KR (1) KR102396777B1 (en)
CN (1) CN109690362B (en)
HU (1) HUE053707T2 (en)
MY (1) MY189376A (en)
SG (1) SG11201900638PA (en)
TW (2) TWI666273B (en)
WO (1) WO2018055489A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10449739B2 (en) 2016-09-20 2019-10-22 Novartis Ag Hydrogel contact lenses with lubricious coating thereon
CN109690360B (en) 2016-09-20 2023-04-25 爱尔康公司 Method for producing contact lenses having durable lubricious coatings thereon
WO2018055488A1 (en) 2016-09-20 2018-03-29 Novartis Ag Method for producing a water-soluble thermally-crosslinkable polymeric material
SG11201902351YA (en) 2016-10-26 2019-05-30 Novartis Ag Soft contact lenses with a lubricious coating covalently-attached thereon
MY189378A (en) 2016-10-31 2022-02-08 Alcon Inc Method for producing surface coated contact lenses with wearing comfort
US11029447B2 (en) 2017-12-13 2021-06-08 Alcon Inc. Method for producing MPS-compatible water gradient contact lenses
US11891526B2 (en) * 2019-09-12 2024-02-06 Johnson & Johnson Vision Care, Inc. Ink composition for cosmetic contact lenses
KR102334225B1 (en) * 2020-10-27 2021-12-02 신성호 Manufacturing method of ionized soft contact lens using microwave
WO2022224169A1 (en) * 2021-04-22 2022-10-27 Alcon Inc. Method for applying a coating onto a non-silicone hydrogel lens
CN113311597A (en) * 2021-05-29 2021-08-27 江苏视准医疗器械有限公司 Contact lens with high surface lubrication degree and preparation method thereof

Family Cites Families (52)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
NL128305C (en) 1963-09-11
US3536386A (en) 1967-10-27 1970-10-27 Morris Spivack Contact lens with simulated iris
DE2839249A1 (en) 1977-09-12 1979-03-22 Toray Industries METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A SOFT CONTACT LENS AND OUTPUT SOLUTION FOR CARRYING OUT THE METHOD
US4444711A (en) 1981-12-21 1984-04-24 Husky Injection Molding Systems Ltd. Method of operating a two-shot injection-molding machine
US4558931A (en) 1982-04-02 1985-12-17 Color Optics, Ltd. (Partnership) Colored soft contact lens
US4460534A (en) 1982-09-07 1984-07-17 International Business Machines Corporation Two-shot injection molding
US4472327A (en) 1983-01-31 1984-09-18 Neefe Charles W Method of making hydrogel cosmetic contact lenses
US4704017A (en) 1984-04-16 1987-11-03 Schering Corporation Process for manufacturing colored contact lenses
US4582402A (en) 1984-04-16 1986-04-15 Schering Corporation Color-imparting contact lenses
US5034166A (en) 1988-07-21 1991-07-23 Allergan, Inc. Method of molding a colored contact lens
SG54134A1 (en) 1991-10-14 1998-11-16 Nof Corp Treating solution for contact lenses
US5352714A (en) 1991-11-05 1994-10-04 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Wettable silicone hydrogel compositions and methods for their manufacture
US6800225B1 (en) 1994-07-14 2004-10-05 Novartis Ag Process and device for the manufacture of mouldings and mouldings manufactured in accordance with that process
TW272976B (en) 1993-08-06 1996-03-21 Ciba Geigy Ag
GB9321714D0 (en) 1993-10-21 1993-12-15 Sandoz Ltd Improvements in or relating to organic compounds
US5894002A (en) 1993-12-13 1999-04-13 Ciba Vision Corporation Process and apparatus for the manufacture of a contact lens
US5843346A (en) 1994-06-30 1998-12-01 Polymer Technology Corporation Method of cast molding contact lenses
TW349967B (en) 1995-02-03 1999-01-11 Novartis Ag Process for producing contact lenses and a cross-linkable polyvinylalcohol used therefor
US5583463A (en) 1995-05-30 1996-12-10 Micron Technology, Inc. Redundant row fuse bank circuit
TW429327B (en) 1997-10-21 2001-04-11 Novartis Ag Single mould alignment
ID24590A (en) * 1997-11-14 2000-07-27 Novartis Ag METHOD AND COMPOSITION FOR THE MAKING OF COLORED OFTALMIL LENS
US6164777A (en) 1998-12-16 2000-12-26 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Color-imparting contact lenses with interference coating and method for making the same
US6428839B1 (en) * 2000-06-02 2002-08-06 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Surface treatment of medical device
US6811259B2 (en) 2000-06-12 2004-11-02 Novartis Ag Printing colored contact lenses
US20020080327A1 (en) 2000-12-22 2002-06-27 Clark Douglas G. Tinted contact lenses
US20020133889A1 (en) 2001-02-23 2002-09-26 Molock Frank F. Colorants for use in tinted contact lenses and methods for their production
US20030085934A1 (en) 2001-11-07 2003-05-08 Tucker Robert Carey Ink-jet printing system for printing colored images on contact lenses
US7411008B2 (en) 2001-11-07 2008-08-12 Novartis Ag Ink formulations and uses thereof
GB0201165D0 (en) 2002-01-18 2002-03-06 Unilever Plc Azetidinium modidfied poymers and fabric treatment composition
US7021761B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2006-04-04 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Lens with colored portion and coated surface
US20040116564A1 (en) 2002-11-27 2004-06-17 Devlin Brian Gerrard Stabilization of poly(oxyalkylene) containing polymeric materials
US7387759B2 (en) 2002-12-17 2008-06-17 Novartis Ag System and method for curing polymeric moldings having a masking collar
US7384590B2 (en) 2002-12-17 2008-06-10 Novartis Ag System and method for curing polymeric moldings
DE102008014498A1 (en) 2008-03-15 2009-09-17 Jame Chang Manufacturing soft silicone gel contact lens and silicone hydrogel contact lens having hydrophilic surface, comprises coating a male mold and female mold of a cast mold on respective surfaces with a film of hydrophilic biomedical material
TWI483996B (en) * 2009-12-08 2015-05-11 Novartis Ag A silicone hydrogel lens with a covalently attached coating
AU2015201805B2 (en) * 2010-07-30 2016-07-21 Alcon Inc. A silicone hydrogel lens with a crosslinked hydrophilic coating
KR102009137B1 (en) 2010-07-30 2019-08-08 노파르티스 아게 A silicone hydrogel lens with a crosslinked hydrophilic coating
CN106896422B (en) 2011-06-09 2021-03-23 爱尔康公司 Silicone hydrogel lenses with nanotextured surfaces
US9505184B2 (en) 2011-11-15 2016-11-29 Novartis Ag Silicone hydrogel lens with a crosslinked hydrophilic coating
EP2861413B1 (en) * 2012-06-14 2019-05-01 Novartis AG Azetidinium-containing copolymers and uses thereof
US9878473B2 (en) 2012-06-19 2018-01-30 Menicon Nect Co., Ltd Multilayer contact lens and production process therefor
WO2015095157A1 (en) * 2013-12-17 2015-06-25 Novartis Ag A silicone hydrogel lens with a crosslinked hydrophilic coating
MX369598B (en) 2014-08-26 2019-11-13 Alcon Inc Poly(oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine)-epichlorohydrin copolymers and uses thereof.
SG11201707269UA (en) 2015-05-07 2017-11-29 Novartis Ag Method for producing contact lenses with durable lubricious coatings thereon
CA2992823C (en) 2015-09-04 2019-10-29 Novartis Ag Method for producing contact lenses with durable lubricious coatings thereon
WO2017037611A1 (en) 2015-09-04 2017-03-09 Novartis Ag Soft silicone medical devices with durable lubricious coatings thereon
KR102604468B1 (en) 2015-12-15 2023-11-22 알콘 인코포레이티드 Method for applying stable coatings on silicone hydrogel contact lenses
CN109690360B (en) 2016-09-20 2023-04-25 爱尔康公司 Method for producing contact lenses having durable lubricious coatings thereon
WO2018055488A1 (en) 2016-09-20 2018-03-29 Novartis Ag Method for producing a water-soluble thermally-crosslinkable polymeric material
US10449739B2 (en) 2016-09-20 2019-10-22 Novartis Ag Hydrogel contact lenses with lubricious coating thereon
SG11201902351YA (en) 2016-10-26 2019-05-30 Novartis Ag Soft contact lenses with a lubricious coating covalently-attached thereon
MY189378A (en) 2016-10-31 2022-02-08 Alcon Inc Method for producing surface coated contact lenses with wearing comfort

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201936810A (en) 2019-09-16
HUE053707T2 (en) 2021-07-28
US20180079157A1 (en) 2018-03-22
TWI751425B (en) 2022-01-01
KR20190059264A (en) 2019-05-30
WO2018055489A1 (en) 2018-03-29
SG11201900638PA (en) 2019-04-29
CN109690362A (en) 2019-04-26
CN109690362B (en) 2022-05-24
TWI666273B (en) 2019-07-21
MY189376A (en) 2022-02-08
EP3516429B1 (en) 2021-02-17
KR102396777B1 (en) 2022-05-13
EP3516429A1 (en) 2019-07-31
US10589479B2 (en) 2020-03-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI666273B (en) Colored hydrogel contact lenses with lubricious coating thereon
TWI658922B (en) Soft contact lenses and method for producing the same
CN109690360B (en) Method for producing contact lenses having durable lubricious coatings thereon
KR102397772B1 (en) Poly(oxazoline-co-ethyleneimine)-epichlorohydrin copolymers and uses thereof
JP6592189B2 (en) Method for manufacturing a contact lens having a durable lubricious coating thereon
US10782450B2 (en) Soft contact lenses with a lubricious coating covalently-attached thereon
TW201733779A (en) Method for applying stable coating on silicone hydrogel contact lenses
US10718960B2 (en) Method for producing contact lenses with wearing comfort
CN109689798B (en) Method for producing water-soluble thermally crosslinkable polymer materials
TW201942593A (en) Contact lenses with a lubricious coating thereon
US11448796B2 (en) Evaluation method for the coverage of a coating on a contact lens surface